Home

Samsung DVD-R135/AND User Manual

1. 50 Discsthatcannotbeplayed 50 Playing a DISC adami asamada 51 Using the Disc Menu amp TitleMenu 52 UsingtheSearchFunctions 52 Slow Motion Play sinen ramak asla basan ilana 53 Step Motion Play samaan azl 53 AbQULANNKEN Nanana gauainananuniaagauaha 53 UsingtheRepeatFuncton 54 Selecting the Subtitle i 56 SelectingtheAudiolanguage 56 ChangingtiheCameraAngl 57 ZOOMING Niana nline 57 Using Bookmarks s ccccssssssssessssscenssessssesseasscessssescessessacesa 58 UsingilMarkers sess ies castes cetesatacsassaiesdtesscercosscidsecooistaasiiniesd 59 Playing an Audio CD MP3 sssssssssessesseseeeeneeeed 60 PlayinganAudioCD CD DAYMP3 60 Playing a Picture um manna erer seerearen 64 Playing a MPEGS scsscsssssessesesseseesnsaneaeenneneened 65 Playing the Title List cscssssssssssssssssseseeneeed 66 Editing Basle Editing Title List aaa saaan 70 Renaming labelingjalitle 70 Locking Protectingjalitle 71 Deletingia TIG maanamanananunagunamamd 71 DeletingaSectionofalitle 72 Advanced Editing Playlist
2. A Sonland rma NOT Bu i lem DVD RW R i daha ba ka kay t yap lamayacak ekilde kapat r Sonland rmay Geri Alma Bu DVD Kaydedicide kaydedilen bir DVD RW diskine ilave kay tlar yap labilmesini sa lar Bilgisayarda DAO Disc At Once ile kaydedilen bir DVD RW diskinde sonland rma geri al namaz Farkl bir marka kaydedicide Video Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD RW diskinde sonland rma geri al namaz DVD R diskinde sonland rma geri al namaz Kay t Bi imleri Mevcut fonksiyonlar disk t r ne ba l olarak de i ti i i in tercihinize en uygun diski se in Daha nce kullan lmam yeni bir disk takt n zda a a daki mesajlar kar DVD RW Bo bir disk ilk kez tak ld nda Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc mesaj kar Yes i se erseniz disk VR Modunda bi imlendirilir Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc VR Modunda veya Video Modunda bi imlendirme yapmak istiyorsan z sayfa 83 ve 84 teki Diskin Bi imlendirilmesi b l m ne bak n DVD Recorder Choose the recording format for OK N RETURN exit DVD R DVD nin bi imlendirilmesi gerekmez ve sadece Video Modunda Kayit desteklenir DVD RW Video modu R e DVD R DVD RW disklerine Video modunda yapt n z kaydi Chapter Creator islevi On olarak ayarliyken sonlandirdiginizda b l mler otomatik olarak olu turulur K s mlar n
3. 3 Kullan rken Dikkat Edilecekler 3 Kabinin Bak m sise irani GARIN yarama 3 Diskin Kullan lmas smmm 3 Disklerin Saklanmas eeeeeeeen 4 Disk Ozellikteri aa 4 Genel zellikler aaa aan 8 Kullan m k lavuzunu okumadan nce 9 DVD Kaydedicinin Kullan lmas ms10111 9 Ambalaj n agilmaSl nananana nananana na nnawawanaaaawana 11 AKS SUQUIAN ama sa 11 Uzaktan Kumandan n Haz rlanmas ali Uzaktan Kumandan n Ayarlanmasi 11 Ee MR aaaaainaria 13 On Pahl A AN 13 n Panel GOstergeSi ssccssssssssssssssssssccccssssssssssenseeses 14 Arka Panga maaga kinasa nakaasa 14 Uzaktan Kumandan nTantt lmas 15 Ba lama ve Kurulum Genel E 16 DVD Kaydedicinin Ba lanmas 17 lave ba lant lar mam maa marea 17 Anten DVD Kaydedici harici dekoder TV 18 Video k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollar 18 Durum 1 Video Kompozit k jakina ba lama 19 Durum 2 S Video k jak naba lama 19 Durum 3 Ek Cihaz Video k jaklar na ba lama 20 Ses k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollar 20 Durum 1 Televizyonunuzaba lama 20 6 T rk
4. NOT sonland r labilir veya sonland r lmas kald r labilir Sonland rma Sonland rmay Kald rma aret DVD Video RW DVD RW V lem DVD Video ile ayn Ek kay t silme d zenleme ve koruma m mk n de ildir Bir DVD RW diski Video modunda sonland r labilir veya sonland rmas kald r labilir Sonland rma Sonland rmay Kald rma aret DVD RW VR F DVD RW VR Ek kayit silme Ek kayit silme lem d zenleme ve d zenleme ve koruma koruma m mk nd r m mk n de ildir Ek Bilgiler Sorun Giderme Teknik zellikler Sorun Giderme DVD Kaydediciniz ar zalan rsa bir Samsung yetkili servis merkeziyle temas kurmadan nce denetim noktalar n g zden ge irin I G G a kken giri bir s re g r n r Vv DVD Kaydediciyi ba latmak i in bir sure beklemeniz gerekmektedir giris a ld ktan sonra yakla k 10 saniye boyunca g r n r Kay t TV programlar n kaydedemiyor Vv G kablosunun prize tam olarak tak l p tak lmad n kontrol edin DVD kaydedici kanal ayarlar n do ru yapt n z m DVD RW DVD R disklerinizdeki bo alan kontrol edin REC d mesine bast m ama yan t gelmedi Vv Kayit yalnizca DVD RW DVD R diskleri i in ge erlidir Bir program kopya korumal ysa kayde dilemez T rk e 87 19116118 44 Ek Bilgiler Oynatma Diski oynatam yor Vv Di
5. DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of DTS Inc Case 1 Connecting to your TV If your TV has audio input jacks use this connection Case 2 Connecting to a stereo amplifier with AV output jacks If your stereo amplifier only has AUDIO INPUT jacks L and R use the AUDIO OUT jacks n B RA i Gi EZE Front L Front R speaker speaker Case 3 Connecting to an AV amplifier with a digital output jack If your AV amplifier has a Dolby Digital MPEG2 or DTS decoder and a digital input jack use this connection To enjoy Dolby Digital MPEG2 or DTS sound you will need to set up the audio settings See pages 32 33 DI ITAL AUDIO It TICAL COAXIAL Rear R Front L Subwoofer Centre English 21 dn bumas 9 Buyoauuo9 Connecting amp Setting Up Connecting HDMI DVI to a TV If your TV has a HDMI DVI input connect HDMI DVI cable to a TV You will enjoy the best quality images and sounds e Case 1 Connecting to a TV with HDMI Jack e Case 2 Connecting to a TV with DVI Jack Case 1 Connecting to a TV with HDMI Jack e Using the HDMI cable connect the HDMI OUT jack on the rear of the DVD Recorder to the HDMI IN jack of your TV e Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the HDMI signal from the DVD Recorder appears on your TV screen Case 2 Co
6. em 70 Bir B l m Kilitleme Korum9 71 Bir B l m SIME senita AG 71 B l m n Bir Par as n Silme 72 Geli mi D zenleme Oynatma listesi 74 OynatmalistesiOlu turm 74 Oynatma Listesindeki Giri lerin Oynat lmas 75 Oynatma Listesindeki bir Giri e Yeni sim Verilmesi 76 Oynatma listesindeki bir Sahnenin D zenlenmesi T7 Bir Giri in Oynatma Listesine Kopyalanmas 80 Oynatma Listesinden bir Oynatma Listesi Girisinin SIMS namasa aanib auaaid 81 Disk YOneticisi csssesssseseeseereeseseneeeeseeeneees 82 Disk Ad n nD zenlenmesi 82 DISK KOMUM assis esti sez erman i de 83 Disk Bicghtlendirme icicsecsiessesscsscassoscscsscsatenceetoonsscuenseieess 83 Tum B l m Listelerinin Silinmei 84 DiskinSonland r lmas 85 Disk Sonlandirmanin geri al nmas V VR Modu 86 Ek Bilgiler Sorun Giderme u umm Luna nanana nanana nwnwaanawsawanaananaann0na 87 Teknik Ozellikler nnaman nanan nana nnnanaaaanaaaaaan 91 Turkge 7 uayle Seg Baslarken Genel Ozellikler DVD Kaydedici DVD RW DVD R disklerine y ksek kaliteli dijital video kaydetmenizi ve oynatman z sa lar DVD RW DVD R disklerine VCR kasetler gibi d
7. C PLAY MODE gt MOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT 1 Play mode icon 2 Current track song 3 Displays the current track song information 4 Shows the operating state of a disc and a playback time corresponding to a portion that is currently played 5 Displays the information for the folder and its tracks 6 Button display English 61 yoeqheld Playback Buttons on the Remote Control used for MP3 playback Playing Repeatedly Repeat Playback STANDBY ON OPEN CLOSE REPEAT cD MP3 E Using the REPEAT button Press the REPEAT button during playback The Track repeat mode icon co appears and the selected track is played repeatedly CZ PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK M RETURN M EXIT Press the REPEAT button once more to play the disc repeatedly The Disc repeat mode icon Gn appears and the inserted disc is played repeatedly ere Savin For MP3 disc the Folder repeat mode icon 69 DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU appears and all tracks in the current folder are played QO O repeatedly Pressing the REPEAT button once more changes the REC REC MODE INFO TIMER F i mode to the Disc repeat mode CIC p 1 AV Selects a track song 2 b Plays the selected track song 3 OK button Plays back the selected track song or TRAC 00 displays the files in the selected folder 4 RETURN button Moves to the folder to which the current song belongs TRAC 5 SKIP
8. MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT 26 English Press the AV buttons to select On for the Auto Clock DVD Recorder Time Auto Clock MOVE OK RETURN EXIT Press the OK button then the date and time will be saved If you don t press the OK button it will not be saved g a You must have the RF cable connected to NOTE set the Auto Clock See page 17 m The DVD Recorder automatically sets the clock according to the time signal broadcast between the channels PR1 to PRS If you do not need the Auto clock set function select Off Presetting Channels with the Auto Setup function This feature allows you to manually set the DVD Recorder tuner band to Antenna or Cable whichever you connected to the Antenna In jack during initial setup With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder No Disc Scheduled Record List lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN IM EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install MOVE SOK A RETURN M EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Install then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Auto Setup G Manual Setup MOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT 4 Press the AV buttons to select Auto Setup then press the OK or b button The Country Seletion screen is displayed DVD Recorder Country Selection O0K RETURN EX
9. yorsa Programlar ncelik s ras na g re kaydedilir Zamanlay c ile kay t nce ilk program i in sonra tekrar ikinci program i in ayarlanm sa ve iki pro gram da ak yorsa ekranda a a daki mesaj g r n r This setting is identical with 1 Bu mesaj birinci program n ncelikli oldu unu g sterir Birinci program n kayd tamamland ktan sonra ikinci program kaydedilmeye ba lar Ge erli ayarlar kaydetmeden kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n nceki men ye d nmek i in Bir zamanlay c ile kay t ayarlamak istemiyorsan z RETURN d mesine bas n 5 Zamanlay c ile Kay t ayarlar n bitirmek i in cihaz kapat n Zamanlay c ile Kay t g a kken al maz e D n panelde g r n r Bir zamanlay c ile kayd n kay tl oldu u anlam na gelir e O disk yerle tirilmedi inde yan p s ner KS Zamanlay c ile kay t s resi disk durumu NOT na ve genel zamanlayici kayit durumuna ba l olarak ayarlanan s reyle farkl l k g sterebilir rne in kay t zamanlar ak t nda veya nceki kay t bir sonraki kayd n ba lama zaman ndan 2 dakika nce bitti inde Zamanlay c ile Kay tla en fazla 12 pro gram yapabilirsiniz Esnek Kay t sadece Zamanlay c kayd i in ge erlidir DVD RW DVD R FR modunda en uygun kayit modu diskte kalan siireye ve zamanlay c ile kayd n uzunlu una g re otoma tik ayarlan r Bu i lev XP
10. 36 English KY Press the RETURN or lt button to return NOTE to the previous menu Press the MENU button to exit the menu Display Video Options This function depends on disc type It may not work for some disc types TV Aspect Depending on the type of television you have you may want to adjust the screen setting aspect ratio DVD Recorder TV Aspect 4 3 LetterBox 3D Noise Reduction 418 Pan Scan Video Output 16 9 Wide HDMUDV Resolution 576p gt DivX R Registration gt MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT 4 3 LetterBox Select when you want to see the total 16 9 ratio screen DVD supplies even though you have a TV with a 4 3 ratio screen Black bars will appear at the top and bottom of the screen e 4 3 Pan Scan Select this for conventional size TV when you want to see the central portion of the 16 9 screen Extreme left and right side of movie picture will be cut off e 16 9 Wide You can view the full 16 9 picture on your widescreen TV 3D Noise Reduction motion adaptive noise reduction DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide Video Output On HDMUDV Resolution 576p gt DivX R Registration gt MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT e On Provides a cleaner picture through noise reduction for recording e Off Normal HDMI DVI Resolution This setting is used when the DVD Recorder is connected by HDMI or DVI with Display devices TV projector etc DVD Recorder TV Aspe
11. SOK RETURN T EXIT DVD R Formatting DVD is unnecessary and only Video Mode Recording is supported DVD RW Video mode R e Chapters will be created automatically when you finalise recording on DVD R DVD RW discs in Video mode with the Chapter Creator has been set to On The chapter s length interval between chapters varies according to the recording mode e Simple editing erasing titles changing title name DVD RW VR mode e This mode allows multiple editing functions such as deletion of the whole title partial deletion of a title etc e Various editing options using a created Playlist Recording Mode Select one of four recording modes by pressing the REC MODE button repeatedly while the DVD Recorder is in Stop mode for the desired recording time and picture guality In general picture guality improves as the recording time decreases In FR mode the most suitable record mode is adjusted automatically according to remaining time on the disc and length of the timer recording This function is selected only one mode in XP SP LP and EP modes and you can use this mode for timer recording Mode Characteristic a ha XP Select when the Approx 1 hour high guality mode video guality is about 8 Mbps important Select to record in SP Approx 2 hours standard quality mode standard quality about 4 Mbps LP Select when a long i recording time is long recording mode required
12. eat Off a ingle 1 3 om Oft MOVE CHANGE i gt Time esini se mek i in A V d melerine bas n Off pa MOVE NUMBER ff Zaman numara d melerini kullanarak saat dakika ve saniye s ralamas yla girin ve OK d mesine bas n A Bu zellik baz disklerde al mayabilir NOT Bir ses CD si CD DA veya MP3 diski yerlestirildiginde disk t r ne g re bilgi ekran g r nmeyebilir m Time Search i levi baz disklerde al mayabilir a Ekran kald rmak i in ANYKEY d mesine tekrar bas n 54 T rk e Tekrar levinin Kullan lmas SELECTS ZOOM INPUT SEL GM oe CC STANDBYION OPEN CLOSE REPEAT so oo o st ste Oynatma Oynatmay Tekrarlama Ws O AD Gi REPEAT d mesinin kullan lmas 1 Oynatma s ras nda REPEAT d mesine bas n C9 Repeat nag 2 Ust Uste oynatmak istediginiz Title veya Chapter elerinden birini se mek i in REPEAT veya A V d melerine bas n OK d mesine bas n CD Repeat Title 2 pag Title Oynat lan b l m tekrarlar Chapter Oynat lan alt b l m tekrarlar Normal oynatmaya d nmek i in Off esini se mek i in REPEAT d mesine sonrada A V veya REPEAT d mesine ve OK d mesine bas n Normal oynatmaya d nmek i in CANCEL d mesine bas n WLG ANYKEY d mesinin kullan lmas Belli bir k sm st ste Oynatma A B Oynatmay Tekrarlama 1 Oy
13. 00 00 06 7 ir 00 00 37 05 Dolphin 00 00 06 MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT Delete esini se mek i in a Y Bir diskte en fazla 999 sahne 3 Pan 7 RIM i olusturabilirsiniz Baz durumlarda bu A sonra da OK d mesine rakam ger ek rakamlardan farkl olabilir lem bitti inde MENU d mesine bas n Edit Playlist ekran kaybolur No Title Length Edit 01 Science 00 00 17 Sky Play d 03 Dolphin Rename Oynatma Listesinden bir ol ta Oynatma Listesi Girisinin E Tana Silinmesi e Do you want to delete seklinde bir silme onay mesaj yla uyar l rs n z Gi PLAYLIST d mesinin kullan lmas 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken PLAY LIST d mesine bas n Edit Playlist ekran g r n r Do you want to delete Dolphin Yes e D 7 Scene APR 23 2006 06 43 gt No Tie Length Edit Di Science 000017 mes 00 00 06 gt lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN EXIT 03 Dolphin 00 00 06 04 Natural 0 00 37 05 Dolphin 00 00 06 Yes esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine OK ORETURN EXT ve OK d mesine bas n Silme i lemi bittikten sonra otomatik olarak Edit Playlist ekran na d ner MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n e Edit Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine s
14. Confirm the password message will be displayed Enter your password again DVD Recorder Confirm the password Oe NUMBER SOK RETURN MEXT KY m See page 38 if you forgot your password NOTE English 39 dn 9 wa sAg Recording Before Recording a This DVD Recorder can record on various types of ecor ng discs Before recording read the following instructions and select the disc type according to your preference Recordable discs This DVD Recorder can record on the following discs DVD RW DVD R ira ing RW R This section shows various DVD recording methods e DVD RWs are rewritable e DVD Rs are non rewritable Compatibility between Samsung and Other Company s Recorder Disc Types Recording Recording Finalising Additional Recording in format Device Samsung Recorder ed ot recordable ised Recordable ed ot recordal Samsung n VR Mode wl n AN Other Company o sod awe si al si b a e Samsung na ised lot recordab not finalised Recordable si b al b s b a si e V Mode ised lot recordal ised lot recordal ised lot recordal ised Recordable ised lot recordab not finalised lot recordab Other Company uf D n Samsung DVD R V Mode oD Other Company wv BetoretRecording AASA 40 KI m Finalise NOTE This closes the DVD R RW so no
15. KI IN 3 Select the language using the AV buttons then press the OK button DVD Recorder No Disc Language Set Fran ais Deutsch Espa ol Italiano Nederlands lt gt MOVE OK N RETURN Press the OK button or wait for a few seconds to start the auto setup DVD Recorder No Disc Auto setup will be started Check antenna and TV cable connection OK RETURN Select Country using the AV lt gt buttons to select your country then press the OK button DVD Recorder Country Selection e Refer to following abbreviation table when selecting Country A Austria NL Netherlands S Sweden PL Poland B Belgium Italy CH Swiss CZ Czech DK Denmark o N Norway TR Turkey Others FIN Finland P Portugal GR Greece D Deutschland E Spain HU Hungary The DVD Recorder searches for the stations according to a preset preference list corresponding to the country that you have selected 6 Auto Channel scan will be started Auto channel memory The number of stations automatically stored by the DVD Recorder depends on the number of stations that it has found 7 Check the date and time DVD Recorder Date Time Auto Clock SUN MOVE SOK RETURN e if it is Correct press the OK button then the date and time will be saved If you don t press the OK button the date and time will be saved automatically after 5 seconds e if itis Incorrect
16. meleri Ses ayarlar AUDIO TV MUTE D mesi Diskteki e itli ses i levlerine eri mek i in bunu kullan n DVD modunda Bu sesi kapatmak i in kullan l r TV modu MENU D mesi DVD kaydedicinin ayarlar men s n g sterir OK DIRECTION AV 4 gt D meleri 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 TITLE LIST DISC MENU D mesi View Recording list Disc men s ne girmek i in bu d meyi kullan n ANYKEY D mesi Oynat lan diskin durumunu g r nt lemek i in bunu kullan n REC D mesi DVD RW R disklerine kay t yapmak i in kullan n REC MODE D mesi Bu kay t durumunu g r nt ler XP SP LP EP REPEAT D mesi Bir b l m alt b l m par ay ya da diski tekrar etmenizi sa lar OPEN CLOSE D mesi Disk tepsisini a ar ve kapat r SUBTITLE D mesi DVD nin altyaz dilini de i tirmek i in buna bas n PLAY PAUSE D mesi Bir diski oynatmak veya oynatmay kayd duraklat mak i in bas n PROG D meleri nceden belirli bir s rada ayarl kanallar se er On paneldeki PROG d meleriyle ayn d r RETURN D mesi Bir nceki men ye d ner PLAY LIST TITLE MENU D mesi B l m men s ne d nmek veya kay tl dosyalar n listesini g r nt lemek i in kullan n CANCEL D mesi MARKER TIMER D mesi Diski oynat rken bir konumu i aretlemek i in bunu kullan n
17. mesine bas n Diledi iniz kay t zaman n ayarlamak i in REC d mesine st ste bas n 0 30 gt 1 00 gt 4 00 5 00 gt 9 00 gt normal A Zamanlay c sayac 9 00 ila 0 00 dakika NOT geriye gider ve DVD Kaydedici kaydet meyi durdurarak kapan r T rk e 45 yAey Kayit Diskin gecerli durumunu ve kaydin ilerleyisini g rmek i in INFO d mesine basin diskle ilgili bilgiler g r necektir DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 16 Total Playlist 1 Recordable Time 02 12 SP Protection Not Protected Screen PR 1 DUAL L JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 INFO d mesine bir kez daha basin Daha sonra kaydedilen b l mle ilgili bilgileri kon trol edebilirsiniz DVD RW VR Recording Info Name JAN 01 2006 12 00 PR1 Recording Title 16 Created Time JAN 01 2006 12 00 Recording Time 00 00 07 JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 Kayd durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record mesaj g r n r Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record Kayd durdurmak i in STOP d mesine tekrar bas n 46 T rk e Zamanlay c ile Kay t Yapma Ba lamadan nce 1 Anten kablosunun ba l olup olmad n kontrol edin 2 Diskin kalan s resini kontrol edin 3 Tarih ve saatin do ru olup olmad n kontrol edin Bir zamanlay c ile kayda ge meden nce Clock Setup Clock Set esinin ayarl oldu
18. mesine bas n Title List ekran g r n r OK A RETURN EXIT Title List esinden oynatmak istedi iniz bir giri i se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da PLAY d mesine bas n Se ilen giri b l m oynat l r B l m oynatmay durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n B l m listesi ekran na d nmek i in TITLE LIST d mesine bas n MENU d mesinin kullan lmas 1 MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder SOK A RETURN EXIT Title List esini se mek i in A V INFO d mesine bir kez daha bas n Daha sonra d melerine sonra da OK veya gt oynat lan b l mle ilgili bilgileri kontrol edebilirsiniz d mesine iki defa bas n Title List ekran g r n r DVDRWVR Payinginio Name APRI21 200612 00 PR1 Title 5 6 1 6 Created Time 8 APR 21 2006 12 00 No Title Length Edit Ter APR 1812006 12 gt y 02 APR 19 2006 Length 00 01 43 SP Playing Time 00 00 08 Title Protection Not Protected JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 03 APR 20 2006 04 APR 20 2006 12 30 01 05 APR 21 2006 12 00 01 06 APRI21 2006 12 16 gt SOK A RETURN W EXIT B l m oynatmay durdurmak i in STOP Title List esinden oynatmak istedi iniz bir d mesine bas n giri i se mek i in A V d melerine sonra B l m listesi ekran na d nmek i in TITLE LIST OK veya gt d mesine bas n d mesine bas n Sa tarafta Edit men s g r n r KY Oynatma s ras nda ANY
19. 80 8 200 128 www samsung com pt SLOVAKIA 0850 123 989 www samsung com sk SPAIN 902 10 11 30 www samsung com es SWEDEN 08 585 367 87 www samsung com se U K 0870 242 0303 www samsung com uk Asia Pacific RUSSIA 8 800 200 0400 www samsung ru UKRAINE AUSTRALIA 8 800 502 0000 1300 362 603 www samsung com ur www samsung com au CHINA 800 810 5858 010 6475 1880 www samsung com cn HONG KONG 2862 6001 www samsung com hk INDIA 3030 8282 1600 1100 11 www samsung com in INDONESIA 0800 112 8888 www samsung com id JAPAN 0120 327 527 www samsung com jp MALAYSIA 1800 88 9999 www samsung com my PHILIPPINES 1800 10 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com ph SINGAPORE 1800 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com sg THAILAND TAIWAN 1800 29 3232 02 689 3232 0800 329 999 www samsung com th www samsung com tw VIETNAM 1 800 588 889 www samsung com vn Middle East amp Africa SOUTH AFRICA 0860 7267864 SAMSUNG www samsung com za U A E 800SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com mea Correct Disposal of This Product Waste Electrical amp Electronic Equipment Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems This marking shown on the product or its literature indicates that it should not be disposed with other household wa
20. DVD Recorder No Disc Scheduled Record List MOVE SOK N RETURN EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder No Disc e Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install gt MOVE SOK RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select System then press the OK or button System menu will be displayed DVD Recorder No Disc a EP Mode Time 6 Hours Setup Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off Sy MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT 30 English Automatic Chapter Creation A DVD Video consists of Titles and Chapters When you record one programme it makes one Title If you use this function the Title will be divided into Chapters DVD RW DVDR V mode With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Title List SOK RETURN I EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install OK 4 RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select System then press the OK or button System menu will be displayed DVD Recorder EP Mode Time 6 Hours Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off SOK RETURN O EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Chapter Creator then press the OK or gt button EP Mode Time 6 Hours gt Chapter Creator 0
21. Quick Overview Connecting amp Setting Up A Quick Overview presented in this guide will give you enough information to start using the DVD Recorder This section involves various methods of Connecting the DVD Recoder connecting the DVD Recorder to other external components and required initial setting modes v Additional connections y Antenna DVD Recorder external decoder box TV v Other type of connecting the Video output cable vy Other type of connecting the Audio output cable v Connecting HDMI DVI to a TV v Connecting to AV3 IN DV input jack Quick Eve ee ee 16 Connecting the DVD Recorder 17 Additionalconnections iy Antenna DVD Recorder textemaldecoderboxs WV 18 Other type of connecting iheVideooutputcable 18 Other type of connecting tiheAudiocutputcable 20 Connecting HDMIDVitoalV 22 Connecting to AV3 IN DV input jack 23 16 English Connecting the DVD Recorder You can connect your DVD Recorder to the television using the SCART cable if the appropriate input is available on the television 1 Comnect the RF cable as shown 2 Connect one end of the SCART cable to the AV1 socket on the rear of the DVD Recorder 3 Plug the other end into the appropriate connector on the television 4 Plug in th
22. VCR a ba lamak kopyalamaya kar korunan DVD disklerinde g r nt bozukluklar na neden olur e Bu DVD Kaydedici Macrovision Corporation ve di er hak sahiplerine ait belirli ABD patentlerin y n temleri ve istemleri ve di er entelekt el sermaye haklar ile korunan telif hakk koruma teknoloji sine sahiptir Macrovision Corporation taraf ndan onaylanm olan bu kopyalamaya kar koruma teknolojisi Macrovision Corporation taraf ndan aksi belirtilmedik e ev kullan m ve di er s n rl g sterim kullan mlar i indir ini a ma ve s kme yasakt r Koruma Bu DVD Kaydedici a a da belirtildi i ekilde disklerinizin i eri ini koruman z sa layabilir e Program korumal Bir B l m Kilitleme Koruma i in bkz sayfa 71 e Disk korumal Disk Koruma i in bkz Sayfa 83 DVD VIDEO format yla uyumsuz olan DVD RW DVD R diskleri bu DVD Kaydedicide oynat lamaz DVD kay t uyumlulu u hakk nda daha fazla bilgi i in DVD RW DVD R reticinize ba vurun D k kaliteli DVD RW DVD R disklerinin kullan lmas kay t yapamama kaydedilen veya d zenlenen k s mlar n kaybolmas DVD Kaydedicinin hasar g rmesi ve bunlar gibi beklenmedik sorunlara yol a abilir T rk e 5 uoylejseg Baslarken indekiler Ba larken e esestessetessessesseenensseensneeeseneeeseneeeseneeeneneeenensanenens 2 RA ME RA EE nemli G venlik Talimatlar
23. Video k n n HDMI etkin olup olmad n kontrol edin Televizyon ile DVD Kaydedici cihaz n n HDMI jak aras ndaki ba lant y kontrol edin Televizyonunuzun bu 576p 720p 1080i DVD Kaydedici cihaz n destekleyip desteklemedi ine bak n Anormal HDMI k ekran Kontrol noktas 1 Vv Ekranda karl g r nt olursa televizyon HDCP yi Y ksek Dalga Boylu Dijital erik Koruma desteklemiyor demektir T rk e 89 19116118 44 Ek Bilgiler HDMI k Titremesi N4 Televizyon sistem ayarlar n z kontrol edin Ekran Titremesi er eve h z 720p 1080i HDMI Y ksek Tan ml oklu Ortam Arabirimi k i in 50Hz de erinden 60Hz e d n t r ld nde ortaya kabilir L tfen televizyonunuzun kullanma k lavuzuna ba vurun Uzaktan Kumanda Birimi Uzaktan kumanda al m yor Vv Uzaktan kumanday DVD kaydedi cinizdeki uzaktan kumanda sens r ne do ru y neltin Arada uygun mesafe b rak n DVD kaydediciniz ve uzaktan kumanda aras ndaki engelleri kald r n Pillerin bo olup olmad n kontrol edin TWDVD se me d mesini kontrol edin 90 T rk e Di er Ebeveyn g zetim ifremi unuttum Vv DVD Kaydedicinin 6n panelindeki PROG VA d melerine DVD Kaydedicide disk yokken ayni anda basin ve en az 5 saniye bas l tutun ifre dahil b t n ayarlar fabrika ayarlar na geri d necek tir Bunu gerekli
24. arama yapabilirsiniz 1 Oynatma s ras nda uzaktan kumanda zerindeki SKIP d mesine bas n e SKIP d mesine basarsan z alt b l m par a veya i aretin ba na gider DVD RW VR modu D meye 3 saniye i inde tekrar bas ld nda nceki alt b l m par a veya i aretin ba na gider DVD RW VR modu e SKIP d mesine basarsan z bir sonraki alt b l m par a veya i aretin ba na gider DVD RW VR modu Yava ekim Oynatma DVD VIDEO Ja DVD RW DVD R MPEG4 Pause modunda uzaktan kumanda zerindeki SEARCH d mesine basin e SEARCH d mesine basarsan z I gt Slow 1 gt IP Slow 2 gt I gt Slow3 e SEARCH d mesine basarsan z di Slow 1 gt lt I Slow 2 gt di Slow 3 e Normal h zda oynatmaya d nmek i in PLAY d mesine bas n Duraklatma s ras nda SEARCH 9 d mesini bas l tutun disk Slow 1 h z nda yava oynat lacakt r D me b rak ld nda duraklatma i lemi kald yerden devam eder KY a Bu i levde belirtilen h z ger ek oynatma h z ndan farkl olabilir vi a Yava ekim MPEG 4 disklerinde yaln zca ileri y nde al r Ad m Ad m Oynatma Wa CO DVD R MPEG4 Oynatma veya duraklatma sirasinda uza ktan kumanda zerindeki STEP d mesine bas n e D meye her bas ld nda yeni bir kare g r n r STEP 4 d mesine bas ld nda nceki kare etkinle
25. button Plays the next track CZD PLAY MODE gt MOVE OK RETURN M EXIT 6 SKIP 5 button Returns to the beginning of the current track when pressed while playing If pressed again your DVD recorder moves to and plays the previous track To return to normal playback If you press the this button within three seconds the previous track will be played Press the REPEAT button repeatedly until If you press the this button after three seconds the the repeat mode icon disappears or press current track will be replayed from the beginning i 7 STOP button Stops a track song the CANCEL button 8 PLAY PAUSE button Plays a track song or pauses playback 9 ANYKEY button Selects the sub menu on screen display Repeat or Play Option 62 English 688 Using the ANYKEY button Press the ANYKEY button during playback The PLAY MODE window appears Title Length Ea E Trac Play option Normal 4 a7 co ii 1 007 El CD PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK RETURN EXIT Select the desired repeat mode Track or Disc using lt gt buttons and then press the OK button For MP3 discs you can select Track Folder or Disc To return to normal playback Select Off in the PLAY MODE window using the lt gt buttons and then press the OK button Play Option Mode The Play Option can be used with an audio CD or MP3 in Stop mode cD MP3 Press the ANYKEY button in Stop mode The PLAY MODE window
26. 51 e DVD ROM PD MV Disk vb Bir SesCD s MP3 alma 60 e Video CD SVCD CVD CD ROM CDV CD G CD I Resim G sterme a ener eer 64 MEEGA oynatma e e see 65 B l m Listesinin G r nt lenmesi 66 50 T rk e KY a Aci de i tirme veya en boy oran NOT ayarlamas gibi belli i lemler ger ekle tirilirken baz disk tiplerinde oynatma ve veya kaydetme yap lamaz Diskler hakk nda ayr nt l bilgi kutunun zerinde yaz l d r L tfen gerekti inde bu bilgilere bak n m Diskin kirlenmemesini veya izilmemesini sa lay n Kay t y zeyindeki parmak izleri kir toz izik veya sigara k lleri diskin kay t i in kullan lamamas na neden ola bilir a DVD RW R diskleri oynat c disk veya kay t artlar na ba l olarak baz DVD Kaydedicilerde oynat lamayabilir Bir Diskin Oynat lmas STANDBY ON HOPENOLOSE REPEAT COO o 9090 DO 00 TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU DO OQ REC REC MODE INFO TIMER CI C C MARKER SAMSUNG J 4 NOT D KKAT OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n Diski etiketi yukar gelecek ekilde disk tepsisine dikkatle yerle tirin Disk tepsisini kapatmak i in OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n e DVD Kaydediciniz otomatik olarak disk tepsisini kapat r ve diski oynat r e DVD Kaydedici ilk al t r ld ktan sonra diskleri otomatik olarak oynatmaz e D
27. 576p Consumers should note that not all high definition television sets are fully compatible with this DVD Recorder and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture in case of 576 progressive scan picture problems It is recommended that the user switch the connection to the standard definition output If there are questions regarding our TV set compatibility with this model 576p DVD Recorder please contact our customer service centre Case 1 Connecting to a Video Composite output jack 1 Connect a video yellow cable between the VIDEO yellow OUT jack on DVD Recorder and VIDEO yellow INPUT jack on your TV or AV amplifier e You will enjoy regular quality images 2 Connect audio cables white and red between the AUDIO OUT jacks on the DVD Recorder and AUDIO IN jacks on TV or AV amplifier See pages 20 21 2 o Q gt a 5 o D T Case 2 Connecting to an S Video output jack 1 Connect an S Video cable not included between the S VIDEO OUT jack on DVD Recorder and S VIDEO INPUT jack on your TV or AV amplifier 2 Connect audio cables white and red between the AUDIO OUT jacks on DVD Recorder and AUDIO IN jacks on TV or AV amplifier e You will enjoy high quality images English 19 dn bumas 9 bunauuo9 Connecting amp Setting Up Case 3 Component Video output jacks Connect Component video cables not suppli
28. DVD R Ba lamadan nce Diskte kay t i in yeterli alan olup olmad n kontrol edin Kay t modunu ayarlay n 1 OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n ve disk tepsisine kaydedilebilir bir disk yerle tirin Disk tepsisini kapatmak i in OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n On panel ekran nda LOAD mesaj kaybolana kadar bekleyin Kullan lmam bir DVD RW kullan l yorsa nce diski ba lat p ba latmayaca n z sorulur Se iminizi yap n ve OK d mesine bas n Bkz Sayfa 41 Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc Kaydetmek istediginiz mevcut program se mek i in PROG 9 0 veya number d melerine basin 4 acon h z n kalitesini se mek i in Kayd durdurmak i in REC MODE d mesine st ste bas n a ii MN veya REC MODE d mesine sonra da eden bir kayd durdurmak i in STOP d mesine A V d mesin In dugmesine basin e DVD RW DVD R disklerini kullan rken Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment mesaj SP gt LP EP XP Dao g r n r Record Mode SP 02 12 ng KW m Kay t yaparken kay t modunu ve PROG NOT esini de i tiremezsiniz m Kay t i in yeterli alan yoksa kay t otomatik olarak durur Bir diske en fazla 99 b l m kaydedilebilir m Kopya korumas olan bir g r nt se ilmi se kay t otomatik olarak durur REC d mesine bas n m Kayda ba lamadan nce DVD RW Kanalla ilgili bilgi ekran
29. Kay t uzunlu u yani oynatma s resi B l m listesi d zenleme eleri Play Se ilen giri i oynat r Rename Se ilen giri b l m n yeniden adland r r Delete Se ilen giri i listeden siler Edit Bir b l m b l m n siler Protection Se ilen giri i kilitler veya kilidini a ar 7 D me g stergesi N DnP KY m Disk tipine bagli olabilir NOT a DVD R DVD RW Video disklerinde s n rl duzenleme islevi bulunmaktadir 68 Turkce Duzenleme Bu b l mde DVD d zenlemesinin temel i levleri tan t lmakta ve diske kay t yapman n d zen leme i levleriyle b t n diskin d zenleme i levleri a klanmaktad r Temel D zenleme B l m Listesi 70 Geli mi D zenleme Oynatma listesi 74 Disk Y neticisi eman 82 e Title List B l m kaydedilmi bir video ve ses b l m d r Title List bir b l m se menize yard mc olacak bir liste g sterir B l m listesinde kaydedilen videoyla ilgili aktar mdaki bilgiler bulundu undan bir b l m silindi inde o b l m yeniden oynat lamaz e Playlist Title List esinin tamam ndan arzu edilen bir sahne se erek olu turulan bir oynatma birimidir Bir oynatma listesi oynat ld nda yaln zca kullan c n n se ti i sahne oynat l r ve durdurulur Bir oynatma listesinde yaln zca arzu edilen sahn eyi oynatmak i in gerekli bilgiler bulundu undan o oynatma listesi silinse bi
30. O0K A RETURN EE Returns to the Album screen The DVD Recorder enters slide show mode Before the slide show can begin the picture interval Slide show speed must be set Each time the OK button is pressed the picture rotates 90 degrees clockwise q Each time the OK button is pressed the picture is enlarged up to 4X Four times the normal size Normal Zoom X2 gt Zoom X4 gt Zoom X2 gt Normal e Press the ANYKEY button to display the menu bar e Press the RETURN button to clear the menu bar Playing a MPEG4 MPEG4 File is used to contain the audio and video data MPEG4 File with following extensions can be played AVI DIVX avi divx MPEGS 1 Insert a MPEG4 Disc into the disc tray DVD Recorder Disc i Dix MOVE OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Navigation and then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder OCD E 2 OK A RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select DivX and then press the OK or button No Title Size DIVXO1 70 8MB OK A RETURN EXIT 4 Press the AV buttons to select the avi file DivX then press the OK gt or PLAY button 5 When MPEG4 file is played you can use following functions Pressing the STOP button once during playback will display the file list pressing the button again will exit the menu screen English 65 yoeqheld Playback MPEG4 Function Description Fu
31. Quick Recording SOK RETURN I EXIT Press the AV buttons to select On or Off then press the OK or gt button e Off Select this option when you do not want Automatic Chapter Creation e On Select this option when you want Automatic Chapter Creation 6 Press the REC button to start recording See page 41 about how to set recording mode The message Do you want to create the chapter menu after this recording is displayed Do you want to create the chapter menu after this recording Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes and press the OK button e Anew chapter is created according to the selected recording mode A chapter will be about 5 minutes long in XP and SP and about 15 minutes long in LP and EP mode 8 Press the STOP button to stop recording To display the created chapters finalise the disc see page 85 and then press the DISC MENU button The chapter menu will be displayed gt CHAPTER The Automatic Chapter Creation function does not work during Timer Recording or when you turn the power off CAUTION DVD R discs cannot be unfinalised English 31 dn 9 wa sAs System Setup Quick Recording Setting If this function is set to on both the DVD Recorder and the TV will power on at the same time which enables you to immediiatedly record a desired channel With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Scheduled Rec
32. SP LP ve EP modlar n n sadece birinde se ilir ve bu modu zamanlay c ile kay t i in kullanabilirsiniz FR modu kay t kurulumu Zamanlay c ile Kay tla ayn d r Ad m 3 te modu ayarlarken FR Modunu ayarlay n Bkz sayfa 46 47 T rk e 47 whey Kayit Programlanan Kayit Listesinin Duzenlenmesi Zamanlay c ile Kay t listesini d zenlemek i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken TIMER d mesine bas n DVD Recorder eduled Record List gt A RETURN exit MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n Programme esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n 2 OK veya gt d mesine bas n D zenlemek istedi iniz zamanlay c ile kay t numaras n se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n e Edit ve Delete eleri g r n r DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed V P Edit OK A RETURN T EXIT 48 T rk e Edit esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n e Zamanlay c ile Kay t Giri i esi g r n r De i tirmek istedi iniz eleri d zenleyin Zamanlay c ile Kay t Giri i eleri hakk nda daha fazla bilgi i in Zamanlay c Kay t Yapma b l m ne bak n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time
33. Start End Speed VIP SOK A RETURN m EXIT Set timer recording option e Fill the input items using the direction buttons and number buttons lt gt Moves to the previous next item AV 0 9 Sets a value KS NOTE e Source The video input source AV1 AV2 AV3 or the broadcasting channel you want to make a timer recording from e Day Timer Recording allows setting the recording time within one month period Set the recording day 01 SUN Daily 02 MON MO SA 03 TUE MO FR 04 WED W SA 31 TUE W SU e Start End Time Start and end time of the timer recording e Speed Recording Mode FR Flexible Recording Select when you want to set video quality automatically In FR mode the most suitable record mode is adjusted automatically according to remaining time on the disc and length of the timer recording This function is selected only one mode in XP SP LP and EP modes and you can use this mode for timer recording XP high quality Select when video quality is important Approx 1 hour SP standard quality Select to record in standard quality Approx 2 hours LP low quality Select when a long recording time is required Approx 4 hours EP extended Select when a longer recording time is required Approx 6 hours or 8 hours e VP VPS Video Programme System or PDC Programme Delivery Control function If you set this function on you can control the s
34. VIDEO Pa 80 min Double sided 8cm 160 min i Single sided 12cm 74 min oo ue Single sided 8em B20 min th KP Excelent Qualty i 2hr SP Standard Qualiy DVD RW 22 AUDIO VIDEO 12cm 4 76B nl ahi hr or Bhr EP Extended hr XP Excelent Onay a 2hr SP Standard Quaity DVD R 22 AUDIO VIDEO 2am 4 78 aaa Pir or 8hr EP Extended CD R RW ie DIDRHAW ei Ky Depending on the disc type it may take NOTE up to one minute to load Discs that cannot be played e DVD Video with a region number other than 2 or ALL e 3 9 GB DVD R Disc for Authoring e DVD RW VR mode not recorded following the Video Recording Standard e Unfinalised DVD R unfinalised DVD RW V mode recorded on other equipment e DVD ROM PD MV Disc etc e Video CD SVCD CVD CD ROM CDV CD G CD KY Playback and or recording may not work for some types of discs or when specific NOTE operations such as angle change and aspect ratio adjustment are being performed Information about the discs is written in detail on the box Please refer to this if necessary m Do not allow the disc to become dirty or scratched Fingerprints dirt dust scratches or deposits of cigarette smoke on the recording surface may make it impossible to use the disc for recording a DVD RW R discs may not be able to play on some DVD Recorders depending on the player disc and the condition of the recording Playing a Disc
35. d mesine sonra da A V d melerine ve CANCEL d mesine bas n Yanl ark listeden kar lacakt r GD 03 03 TRACK 1 001 TRACK TRACK 2 002 TRACK3 TRACK 4 NG TRACK 5 e TRACK 6 TRACK 7 TRACK 8 o PLAYMODE gt MOVE OK CLEAR EXIT Oynatma listesindeki par alar almak i in PLAY d mesine bas n 64 T rk e Resim G sterme 1 Disk tepsisine bir JPEG diski yerle tirin DVD Recorder e g MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT Disc Navigation esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt dugmesine basin DVD Recorder OK A RETURN m EXIT Photo esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n pa Slide Show MOVE OK RETURN MEXT Bir resim se mek i in AV lt gt d melerine bas n e Sonraki 8 resmi g rmek i in SKIP d mesine bas n e nceki 8 resmi g rmek i in SKIP d mesine bas n b PLAY d mesine basarsan z Slide Show Speed ekran g r n r Slayt g sterisi h z n ayarlamak i in 4 gt d mesine sonra da OK d mesine bas n a GA Slide Show Sp CRU vPEGot gt MOVE PHOTO SOK A RETURN 5 Album ekraninda secilmis bir resim ile OK dugmesine basin lt gt d melerini kullanarak bir g r nt modu Album screen Slide show Rotation veya Zoom secin sonra da OK d mesine basin G vPEGo1 lt gt MOVE PHOT
36. e MENU d mesine bas n e Title List esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine iki defa basin Bir onay mesaj yla uyar l rs n z DVD RW VR modu Oynatma listesi bulundu undan Do you want to delete Related playlists may be deleted mesaj g r n r o Length Edit WZ gt 00 00 03 ae Do you want to delete Related playlists may be deleted ve C6 OK A RETURN EXIT OK RETURN m EXIT DVD RW Video modu DVD R Oynatma listesi Title List esinden d zenlemek istedi iniz bir giri i se mek i in A Y d melerine bulunmad ndan Do you want to delete mesaj Pa g y i sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin g r n r e Mesaj disk tipine ba l olabilir o Title Length Edit 4 Yes esini se mek i in 4 d melerine t ve OK d mesine bas n Edu1 Protection OK O RETURN M EXIT KI Korumal bir giri i silemezsiniz NOT Korumal bir giri i silmek istiyorsan z Title KA _ Us Protection men s ndeki Off esini 3 Edit esini se mek i in A V d melerine se in Bkz sayfa 71 sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Disc Protection esi Protected konuma ek gor n r ayarlanm sa b l mleri silemezsiniz Bkz sayfa 83 m Title List esinden bir giri silindi inde kurtar lamaz a DVD R DVD RW sonland r ld nda silinemez owo a DVD R ile b l ml
37. gt MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT On Parazit indirgeme ile daha temiz bir g r nt sunar kay t i in Off Normal HDMI DVI z n rl Bu ayar DVD Kaydedici G r nt leme cihazlar na televizyon projekt r vs HDMI veya DVI ile ba land nda kullan l r DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide 3D Noise Reduction Off Video Output Component Da DivX R Registration 720p 10801 OK N RETURN EXIT 576p 720 x 576 e 720p 1280 x 720 1080i 1920 x 1080 k Se imi DVD Kaydedici cihaz n televizyonunuza HDMI veya DVI kablosuyla ba lay n Televizyonunuzun giri ini HDMI olarak ayarlay n e A a daki gibi HDMI k z n rl n se mek i in cihaz Stop Durdurma modundayken P SCAN d mesine bas n gt 576p gt 720p gt 1080i Y S rekli tarama HDMI ba land nda NOT otomatik olarak etkinle ir S rekli tarama i levi etkinlestiriimeden HDMI video ve ses k yap lamaz Televizyonunuzun S rekli Taramay destekleyip desteklemedi ini renmek i in TV Kullan m K lavuzunuza bak n S rekli Tarama destekleniyorsa televizyonun men sisteminde S rekli Tarama ayarlar yla ilgili TV Kullan m K lavuzundaki komutlar uygulay n Video Output Video k yanl ayarlan rsa ekran al mayabilir a HDMI DVI k nda kullan labilecek z n rl kler ba lanan televi
38. gt button Press the AV buttons to select the number of the timer recording you want to edit then press the OK or button e The Edit and Delete items are displayed DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit o PADI osun isor ior sp on t_ 02 PROT 02MON 12 08 14 08 SP 03 SOK RETURN M EXIT 48 English Press the AV buttons to select Edit then press the OK or B button e The Timer Record Input item is displayed Edit the items you want to modify See the Making a Timer Recording section for more information on Timer Recording Input items DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit Source Day Start End Speed VIP SOK RETURN MEXT Press the OK button to confirm the edited setting Press the MENU button after finishing the operation The menu screen will disappear Deleting the Scheduled Record List Follow these directions to delete an entry from the timer record list DVD RW DVD R 1 With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the TIMER button Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Programme then press the OK or B button 2 Press the OK or gt button Press the AV buttons to select the number of the timer recording you want to delete then press the OK or P button e The Edit and Delete items are
39. input correct Time Date Year using AV 4D buttons or number buttons Press the OK button then the date and time will be saved When you need to change clock setting you can set up it manually see page 26 KN m Now DVD Recorder is ready for use NOTE Function for Plug amp Auto Setup is fixed already So if you want to change this fixed one you can change it by Presetting the Stations in OSD Presetting Channels with the Manual set up function menu see page 28 m Auto Setup function can be performed by pressing and holding down the PROG Av buttons on the front panel of the DVD Recorder simultaneously for more than 5 seconds with no disc in the DVD Recorder English 25 dn 9 wa sAg System Setup Setting the Clock This menu is used to set the current time You need to set the time to use timer recording With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder No Disc Scheduled Record List MOVE SOK RETURN M EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder No Disc e Language Audio Video Parental Control Install MOVE SOK A RETURN MM EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Clock Set then press the OK or gt button Use the AV gt buttons to input Time Date or Year Use number buttons to input clock data directly DVD Recorder No Disc 2 SUN Time Auto Clock
40. k jaklar na ba lama S Video Ek Cihaz video ve S rekli Tarama k Modlar e S Video ve Ek cihaz video k lar yaln zca televizyonunuz S Video giri ini veya Ek cihaz video giri ini destekliyorsa kullan labilir S Video veya Ek cihaz video k al m yorsa TV ba lant lar n ve TV giri se imi ayarlar n kontrol edin Standart ge meli taramal videoya oranla progressive scan televizyonunuza g nderilen video sat r say s n iki kat na kar r bu da ge meli taramal videoya oranla daha sabit titremesiz net g r nt sa lar Bu sadece progressive scan zelli ini destekleyen televizyonlarda ge erlidir Progressive Scan k 576p T keticiler t m y ksek tan ml televizyonlar n bu DVD Kaydediciyle tamamen uyumlu olmad n ve g r nt de baz i lem hatalar olabilece ini g z n nde bulundurmal d r 576 progressive scan esnas nda g r nt de problem ya an rsa kullan c n n ba lant y standart tan ml k na ge irmesi tavsiye edilir Televizyonunuzun bu model 576p DVD Kaydediciyle uyumlulu una ili kin sorular n z olursa l tfen m teri hizmetleri merkezimizle irtibata ge in Durum 1 Video Kompozit k jakina ba lama 1 Video sar kablosunu DVD Kaydedicideki VIDEO sar OUT jak yla televizyonunuzdaki veya AV amplifikat r n zdeki VIDEO sar INPUT jak na ba lay n e Normal kalitede g
41. lmamas n sa lay n 11 Yaln zca retici taraf ndan belirlenen ek par alar aksesuarlar kullan n 12 Yaln zca retici taraf ndan belirtilen veya cihazla birlikte sat lan tekerlekli ta ma sehpas kamera aya ayakl sehpa dirsek veya masa kullan n Tekerlekli ta ma sehpas kullan ld nda devrilmeden kaynakla nabilecek yaralanmalardan ka nmak i in ta ma cihaz kombinasyonunu dikkatli ta y n 13 F rt na s ras nda veya uzun s re kullan lmadan b rak ld nda bu cihaz prizden kart n 14 Onar mla ilgili t m hususlar yetkili servis personeline b rak n Cihaz herhangi bir ekilde hasar g rd nde rne in g kablosu veya fi i hasar g rd nde zer ine s v d k ld nde veya i ine bir cisim d t nde cihaz ya mura veya neme maruz kald nda cihaz normal al mad nda veya d r ld nde onar m gerekir Kullan rken Dikkat Edilecekler e DVD Kaydediciye ba ka bile enler ba lamadan nce hepsini kapatt n zdan emin olun DVD Kaydediciyi bir disk oynat l rken ya da disk izilmi veya k r lm sa hareket ettirmeyin DVD Kaydedicinin dahili par alar hasar g rebilir Suyla dolu bir vazoyu ya da k k herhangi bir metal nesneyi DVD Kaydedicinin zerine koymay n Elinizi disk tepsisine koymay n e Disk tepsisine disk d nda herhangi bir ey yerle tirmeyin Y ld r m ve statik el
42. melerine basin Wa ANYKEY d mesinin kullan m 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO 00 01 F ott ENG po D 5 1CH p ott le 1 3 pe ott MOVE CHANGE Audio esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da arzu edilen ses dilini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine basin DVD VIDEO gt CHANGE f KY Ses dilleri disk tipine ba l olarak farkl l k NOT g0sterebilir Baz disklerde sadece disk men s n n ses dilini se ebilirsiniz Kamera A s n n De i tirilmesi Bir DVD VIDEO da belli bir sahnenin birden fazla a s bulunuyorsa a i levini se ebilirsiniz Bu i lev sadece oynatma s ras nda kullan labilir Diskte birden fazla a bulunuyorsa ekranda ANGLE i areti g r n r 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO T 12 Time 00 00 01 a Subito Off Audio ENG DO D 51CH Repeat Off Angle 1 3 pa Zoom ott MOVE w CHANGE Angle esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra arzu edilen a y se mek i in lt gt veya numara d melerine bas n DVD VIDEO Title 12 haplar 1 28 Time 00 00 01 Subito Off Audio ENG D0 D 51CH Repeat Off e Zoom Off MOVE lt gt CHANGE Ky a Bu i lev diske ba l d r b t n DVD lerde NOT al mayabilir m Bir DVD oklu kamera a sistemiyle kaydedilmemi se bu i lev al maz Yak nla t rma BED DVD RW J DVD R 1 Oyna
43. n Yeni sahne olarak eklenecek sahnenin zerinde sar bir se me penceresi g r n r DVD Recorder m EXIT Add esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Title List 00 00 00 End Add Cancel MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT Sahnenin ba lang noktas nda OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder oot TE aa lt gt MOVE SOK N RETURN EXIT e G r nt ve ba lang noktas zaman Start pen ceresinde g r n r e Oynatmayla ilgili d meleri 6 9 5 kul lanarak yeni sahneyi eklemek istedi iniz b l m n biti noktas n segin T rk e 79 awajuazng D zenleme 7 Sahnenin biti noktas nda OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder 4 ET Title List 4 6 00 00 35 Cancel lt gt MOVE OK N RETURN I EXIT e G r nt ve biti noktas zaman End pencer esinde g r n r e ptal ederken Cancel esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Add esini se mek i in GB d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Play Modify Move Ada 05 00 00 03 06 0000 11 lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN I EXIT e Eklemek istedi iniz sahne ad m 4 te se ilen sahn enin n ne yerle tirilir Sahnenin Silinmesi Ayarlamak i in sayfa 77 deki 1 3 ad mlar n uygulay n 4 Silmek istedi iniz sahneyi se mek i in AV lt gt d mel
44. naaa aanaanagamanaga 21 Case 3 Connecting to an AV amplifier with a digital OUIPUL JACK caasuintaannistataatnumucunt 21 Connecting HDMI DVI to a TV ssssssesseesesensenees 22 Case 1 Connecting to a TV with HDMI Jack 22 Case 2 Connecting to a TV with DVI Jack 22 Connecting to AV3 IN DV inputjack 23 Case 1 Connecting a VCR Set Top Box STB DVD player or Camcorder to the AV3 IN jacks 23 Case 2 Connecting a Camcorder to the DV IN jack 23 System Setup On Screen Menu Navigation 24 Plug amp Auto Setup samara arar ear 25 Setting the Clock vmmrearnree eee 26 Presetting Channels with the Auto Setup TUNCHON sissies esi ecco ala 27 Presetting Channels with the Manual Setup TUNG ON casescnsvescssssissustassercessconensanntiuvsueseitecctanconatenunesn 28 Setting up the Language Options 29 EP Mode Time Setting sssssssssessnsnseseeeseees 30 Automatic Chapter Creation 31 Quick Recording Setting 32 Setting up the Audio Options sseeee 32 Audio P OMS AA 33 Setting up Video Output Options 34 Setting up the Progressive scan nman 35 Canceling the Progressive SCAN 35 Setting up the Display Video Options 36 Display Video Options 36 O tp t SEIS CHO
45. nt lenecektir DVD Recorder Create the password DE BE lt D NUMBER SOK RETURN m EXIT Uzaktan kumanda zerindeki 0 9 d melerini kullanarak 4 basamakl bir ifre girin Confirm the password mesaj g r nt lenecektir Sifrenizi tekrar girin DVD Recorder Confirm the password One NUMBER OK RETURN T EXIT Password esini se mek i in OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder OK A RETURN m EXIT On veya Off esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine basin KS a nceki men ye d nmek i in RETURN NOT ya da oe 4 d mesine bas n Men den kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n 38 T rk e ifrenizi unuttuysan z 1 Diski kart n 2 DVD Kaydedicinizin n panelindeki PROG VA d melerini ayn anda DVD Kaydedicinizde disk olmadan 5 saniye boyunca bas l tutun ifre de dahil t m ayarlar fabrika ayarlar na geri d necektir S n fland rma D zeyi Hakk nda Rating Level esini se mek i in A V d melerine bas n DVD Recorder Password On Rating Level Level 1 Kids gt Change Password lt gt MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT OK ya da gt d mesine bas n S n fland rma d zeyi g r necektir DVD Recorder Password Level 8 Adults Rating Level Level 7 Level 6 Change Password ayala Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Kids MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT Ist
46. r nt ler elde edersiniz 2 Ses kablolar n beyaz ve k rm z DVD Kaydedicideki AUDIO OUT jaklar yla televizyonunuzdaki veya AV amplifikat rdeki AUDIO IN jaklar na tak n Bkz sayfa 20 21 n 2 o Pa o 5 o Cc I egiB Durum 2 S Video k jakina baglama 1 S Video kablosunu dahil degildir DVD Kaydedicideki S VIDEO OUT jakiyla televizyonunuzdaki veya AV amplifikat r n zdeki S VIDEO INPUT jakina baglayin 2 Ses kablolarini beyaz ve kirmizi DVD Kaydedicideki AUDIO OUT jaklariyla televizyonunuzdaki veya AV amplifikat rdeki AUDIO IN jaklarina takin e Y ksek kalitede g r nt ler elde edersiniz T rk e 19 wnjnany a ewejbeg Baglama ve Kurulum Durum 3 Ek cihaz Video k jaklarina baglama 1 Ek cihaz video kablosunu dahil degildir DVD Kaydedicinizdeki COMPONENT OUT Y PB PR jaklariyla televizyonunuzdaki COMPONENT IN Y PB PR jaklar na takin 2 Ses kablolarini beyaz ve kirmizi DVD Kaydedicideki AUDIO OUT jaklar yla televizyonunuzdaki veya AV amplifikat rdeki AUDIO IN jaklar na tak n Bkz sayfa 20 21 3 Ba lad ktan sonra sayfa 34 ve 35 e bak n e Y ksek kalitede ve do ru renklere sahip g r nt ler elde edersiniz Y Component jaklari 576p zerindeki video z n rl klerini g ndermez 720p ve 1080i z n rl klerinde g r nt alab
47. ren kte olmal d r Yedek kapaklar bayiinizde bulabilirsiniz Tak lan fi evinizdeki elektrik prizlerine uygun de ilse ya da kablo prize ula abilecek uzunlukta de ilse g venlik onayl bir uzatma kablosu almal veya yard m almak i in bayiinize ba vurmal s n z Ancak fi in kesilmesinden ba ka bir alternatif yoksa sigortay kart n ve fi i g venli bi imde at n plak kablodan elektrik arpma riski bulundu undan fi i prize takmay n Cihaz n elektri ini kesmek i in fi i elektrik prizinden kar n bu nedenle elektrik fi i her zaman kullan ma m sait olmal d r Bu kullan c k lavuzu ile birlikte verilen r n belirli nc taraflar n belirli telif haklar alt nda tescil edilmi tir Bu ruhsat son kullan c niteli indeki t keticiler taraf ndan lisansl i erikler i in zel ticari olmayan kullan m ile s n rland r lm t r Ticari kullan m i in hi bir hak verilmemi tir Bu ruhsat bu r nden ba ka bir r n kapsamaz bu ruhsat bu r nle birlikte sat lan ya da kullan lan ISO IEC 11172 3 ya da ISO IEC 13818 3 standard na uygun lisansl olmayan hi bir r n ya da s re i in ge erli de ildir Bu ruhsat bu r n n yaln zca ISO EC 11172 3 ya da ISO IEC 13818 3 standard na uygun ses dosyalar n n ifrelenmesi ya da ifrelerinin z lmesi amac yla kullan m n kapsar Bu ruhsat alt nda ISO IEC 11172 3 ya da ISO IEC 13818 3 standard na
48. t n b l m listeleri silinir Diskin Sonland r lmas DVD Kaydedicinizle bir DVD RW DVD R disk zerine b l mleri kaydettikten sonra diskin harici cihazlarda oynat lmadan nce sonland r lmas gerekmektedir DVD RW DVD R DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine basin DVD Recorder MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT Disc Manager esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists SOK N RETURN Mexit Disc Finalise esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists SOK A RETURN M EXIT DVD Recorder isc Name isc Protection Not Protected isc Finalise elete All Title Lists OK AN RETURN exit Do you want to finalise disc mesajiyla uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder Disc Name Do you want to finalise disc OK A RETURN m EXIT Yes se ene ini se erseniz yeniden Disc will be finalised Do you want to continue mesaj yla uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder d Disc will be finalised Do you want to continue OK A RETURN MD EXIT Yes esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n Disk sonland r lm
49. watching BAR DVD R Before you start Check that the disc has enough available space for the recording Adjust the recording mode Press the OPEN CLOSE button and place a recordable disc on the disc tray Press the OPEN CLOSE button to close the disc tray Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display If an unused DVD RW disc is used whether to initialize or not will be asked first Make your selection then press the OK button See page 41 Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc Press the PROG or number buttons to select the current programme you want to record 4 Press the REC MODE button repeatedly or press the REC MODE button then press the AV button to select the recording speed quality C SP LP EP XP Record Mode mg SP 02 12 Press the REC button Information concerning the channel is displayed on the screen then recording begins REC icon O is displayed on the front panel Recording PR 1 NICAM DUAL L a To view the current status of the disc and progress of recording Press the INFO button the information about the disc will appear DVD RW VR Disc Name Total Title Total Playlist Recordable Time Protection Screen JAN 01 2006 SUN Disc Info 16 1 02 12 SP Not Protected PR 1 DUAL LI 12 00 Press the INFO button once again to view information about the recording DVD RW VR Name Record
50. 010203 04 05 06 07080910 N 10 gt Agra LI rh Marker 010203 04 05 06 070809 N 9 gt ENV a 4 A lt gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 2 RETURN m When a marker is cleared while DVD RW VR mode is playing marker numbers will change For example if the 7th marker is cleared after ten markers are registered the marker numbers after the eighth will automatically move ahead by one and the 8th marker becomes the 7th English 59 yoeqheld Playback Playing an Audio CD MP3 Playing an Audio CD CD DA MP3 Each disc has a variety of menu functions available Playing an Audio CD CD DA cD 1 Insert an audio CD CD DA into the disc tray The audio CD menu appears and the tracks songs are played automatically PLAYMODE MOVE OK RETURN M EXT Press the AV buttons to select the track you want to hear then press the OK or B button Audio CD CD DA Screen Elements CD No Title Length TRACK 1 EDD PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT 1 Play mode icon 2 Current track song 3 Displays the current play index and total track number 4 Shows the operating state of a disc anda playback time corresponding to a portion that is currently played 5 Displays the track list song list and the playing time of each track 6 Button display 60 English Buttons on the Remote Control used for Audio CD CD DA playback GC BEM TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU
51. 1300 362 603 www samsung com au CHINA 800 810 5858 010 6475 1880 www samsung com cn HONG KONG 2862 6001 www samsung com hk INDIA 3030 8282 1600 1100 11 www samsung com in INDONESIA 0800 112 8888 www samsung com id JAPAN 0120 327 527 www samsung com jp MALAYSIA 1800 88 9999 www samsung com my PHILIPPINES 1800 10 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com ph SINGAPORE 1800 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com sg THAILAND TAIWAN 1800 29 3232 02 689 3232 0800 329 999 www samsung com th www samsung com tw VIETNAM 1 800 588 889 www samsung com vn Middle East amp Africa SOUTH AFRICA 0860 7267864 SAMSUNG www samsung com za U A E 800SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com mea N Servis Gerekti inde r n n zle ilgili herhangi bir sorun ya ad n zda ad n z adresiniz DIKKAT telefon numaran z makinenizin modeli ve seri numaras yla birlikte en yak n SERV S MERKEZ N aramaktan ekinmeyin C HAZINIZIN KULLANIM MR N N 10 on YIL OLDU UNU L TFEN UNUTMAYINIZ RET C CE eye SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO LTD Bi 12th FL Samsung Main Bldg 250 2 Ka LVD OE RANE Mohyun Myun Yongin City Taepyung Ro Seoul Korea VDE Testing and Certification Institude dh ni sa Ka TEL 82 31 200 6772 Merianstrasse 28 D 63069 Offenbach FAX os 31 322 2332 FAX 82 31 200 6986 Germany Ak TEL 449 69 83 0
52. A RETURN EXIT MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n e Edit Playlist esini se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder t New Playlist gt Eb Playlist Edit Playlist gt OK A RETURN m EXIT 2 Playlist esinden d zenlemek istedi iniz b l m se mek i in a v d melerine sonra da OK veya d mesine bas n Edit Playlist men s g r n r Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete No Title Length Edit 01 APRI23I2008 12 00 00 00 21 5 T 03 APR 24 2006 Rename OH APRI24 2006 Edit Scene 05 APRI25 2006 Copy Delete N RETURN exit Play esini se mek i in a vd melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n e Diskin ge erli durumunu ve oynatman n ilerleyi ini g rmek i in INFO d mesine bas n diskle ilgili bilgiler g r n r DVD RW VR Disc Into Disc Name Total Title 19 Total Playlist 5 Recordable Time 01 09 SP Protection Not Protected Screen Playback Playlist JAN 01 2006 SUN 13 00 e INFO d mesine bir kez daha basin Daha sonra oynatilan oynatma listesiyle ilgili bilg ileri kontrol edebilirsiniz DVD RW VR Playing Info Name APRI242006 12 00 PRI Playlist 3 5 Created Time APR 24 2006 12 00 Length 00 01 09 SP Playing Time 00 00 08 Total scen
53. APRI21 2006 On Dor A RETURN EXIT 4 On esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Se ilen giri in bilgi ekran ndaki anahtar simgesi kilitli duruma getirir amp a Length Edit 00 00 21 06 Edut 00 SOK A RETURN I EXIT Bir B l m Silme Title List esinden bir giri silmek i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW DVD R Gi TITLE LIST d mesinin kullan lmas 1 TITLE LIST d mesine basin Title List ekran g r n r MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e MENU d mesine bas n e Title List esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da iki defa OK veya B d mesine basin Movie Sports A1 Edu t OK N RETURN M EXIT Title List esinden silmek istedi iniz bir giri i se mek i in av d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin Movie Rename Sports A1 Delete Edat Edit Protection OK A RETURN m EXIT T rk e 71 awajuazng D zenleme 3 Delete esini se mek i in A V B l m n Bir Par as n Silme d melerine sonra da OK d mesine baa ag 9 Bir Title List esi giri inin bir b l m n silmek i in u talimatlar uygulay n o DVD RW rx Title Length Edit a a7 VR modu O manna gt Play TITLE LIST d mesinin kullan lmas Protection Sok RETURN MEXT 1 TITLE LIST d mesine bas n Title List ekran g r n r MENU d mesinin kullan lmas
54. Approx 4 hours about 2 Mbps Approx 6 hours about 1 2 Mbps Approx 8 hours about 0 8 Mbps FR for timer recording only Approx 60 to 480 Min Flexible Recording see page 47 Approx 0 8 to 8Mbps Select when a longer recording time is required EP extended mode I Unrecordable video Video with copy protection cannot be recorded on this DVD Recorder When the DVD Recorder receives a copy guard signal while recording recording stops and the following message appears on the screen You cannot record copy protected movie Concerning Copy Control Signals TV broadcasts that contain copy control signals may have one of the following three signal types Copy Free Copy Once and Copy Never If you want to record a copy once type programme use DVD RW with CPRM in VR Mode Meda 89 ignal type Copy Free Copy Once Copy Never DVD RW O DVD RW with CPRM VR mode O O Video mode O DVD R O Once Copy Once has been recorded recording cannot be done anymore Content Protection for Recordable Media CPRM CPRM is a mechanism that ties a recording to the media on which it is recorded It is supported by some DVD recorders but not by many DVD players Each blank recordable DVD has a unique 64 bit media ID etched in the BCA When protected content is recorded onto the disc it can be encrypted with a 56 bit C2 Cryptomeria cipher derived from the media ID During playback
55. Chapter Creator 8 Hours Quick Recording Off lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT stedi iniz saati se mek i in AV d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n Otomatik Alt Bolum Olusturma Bir DVD Video B l m ve Alt B l mler den olu ur Bir program kaydetti inizde bu bir B l md r Bu i levi kullan rsan z B l m K s mlara b l n r DVD R DVD RW V modu DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU dugmesine basin SOK A RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install OK A RETURN exit System esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Sistem men s g r n r DVD Recorder EP Mode Time o 6 Hours gt gt Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off OK A RETURN T EXIT Chapter Creator esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder EP Mode Time 6 Hours gt Chapter Creator Quick Recording OK 9 RETURN T EXIT On veya Off esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n e Off Bu se ene i Otomatik B l m Yarat lmas n istemedi inizde se in e On Bu se ene i Otomatik B l m Yarat lmas n istedi inizde se in Kayda ba lamak i in REC Kay t d me
56. Composite Video 1 0 V p p at 75Q load sync negative Audio Max Audio Input Level 2Vrms Input ible j Composite Video Video output jack x 1 S Video output x 1 Y 1 0Vp p C 0 286Vp p at 752 load Component output x 1 Y 1 0Vp p Pb 0 70Vp p Pr 0 70Vp p at 75Q load HDMI DVI output x 1 576p 720p 1080i Scart Jack AV1 Scart TV Video Composite RGB Audio analogue Picture Compression format MPEG II Audio Compression format Dolby Digital 2ch 256Kbps MPEG II Recording XP about 8 Mbps SP about 4 Mbps LP about 2 Mbps EP about 1 2 Mbps or about 0 8 Mbps Audio Frequency Response 20 Hz 20 kHz Recording Quality F For DVD discs audio signals recorded at 96kHz sampling Audio Output frequency are converted and output at 48kHz Disc Type AUDIO CD CD DA Analogue Audio Output 48 96kHz 44 1kHz Digital Audio Output 48kHz 44 1kHz English 91 uonewoju JEUONPPV Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care centre D NYANIN HER YER NDEN SAMSUNG a Ula n Samsung r nleri ile ilgili olarak herhangi bir yorum ya da sorunuz varsa l tfen SAMSUNG m teri memnuniyeti merkezi ile temas kurun Region Country Customer Care Centre a Web Site North America Latin America CANADA 1 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com ca MEXICO 01 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 ww
57. Digital Output PCM DTS Off Dynamic Compression On NICAM 0n MOVE OK RETURN M EXIT Press the AV buttons to select the desired audio option then press the OK or gt button DVD Recorder No Disc a Digital Output DTS Bitstream Dynamic Compression On gt NICAM 0n gt MOVE SOK A RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select the desired item then press the OK or B button KY Press the RETURN or 4 button to return to the previous menu bali Press the MENU button to exit the menu Audio Options Digital Output 1 PCM Select this when you have no equipment that can decode Dolby Digital or MPEG 2 signal When you play Dolby Digital or MPEG 2 sound track the digital output are converted to PCM Stereo 2 Bitstream Output Dolby Digital or MPEG 2 audio as bitstream Select this when your AV receiver or AV amplifier have Dolby Digital or MPEG 2 Decoder KY m Digital output setting is equally applied to both Dolby Digital and MPEG 2 audio NOTE LPCM sound track is always outputted as PCM It has no relation with Digital Output setting m Be sure to select the correct Digital Output or you will hear no sound or loud noise DTS 1 Off Doesn t output DTS signal Select this when your AV receiver or AV amplifier does not have DTS decoder 2 On Outputs DTS Bitstream via digital output when you play DTS track Select this only when your AV receiver or AV amplifi
58. Diski durdurunca do rudan Timer Recording Mode men s ne ge mek i in bas n INFO D mesi Mevcut ayarlar veya disk durumunu g r nt ler TV D mesi TV yi kumanda etmek i in buna bas n DVD D mesi DVD kaydedici kullanaca n z zaman buna bas n INPUT SEL D mesi Harici giri modunda hat giri sinyalini se er PROG AV giri veya DV INPUT ZOOM D mesi Ekran b y tmek i in buna bas n T rk e 15 uoylejseg Baglama ve Kurulum Baglama ve Kurulum Bu b l m DVD Kaydediciyi ba ka harici ciha zlara baglamanin cesitli yontemlerini ve gereken ba lang ayar modlar n i erir GeneliBak gt se tree eee 16 DVD Kaydedicinin Ba lanmas 17 Ilavalbaglanilay ame 17 Anten DVD Kaydedici harici dekoder EZ e re 18 Video k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yolan ere ere AA 18 Ses k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollan k e a AA ra 20 HDMI DVI nin Televizyona Ba lanmas 22 AV3 IN DV giri jakina baglama 23 16 Turkce Genel Bakis Bu k lavuzda yer alan Genel Bak b l m size DVD Kaydediciyi kullanmaya ba laman za yetecek bilgiyi verecektir DVD Kaydedicinin Ba lanmas v lave ba lant lar y Anten DVD Kaydedici harici dekoder TV Yy Video k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollar Vv Ses cikis kablosunu baglamanin farkli yollar Vv HDMI DVI nin Televizyona Ba lanmas v
59. PHONOLA 06 56 57 PIONEER 58 59 73 74 RADIOLA 06 56 RADIOMARELLI 57 RCA 45 46 REX 74 SABA 57 72 73 74 75 SALORA 74 SANYO 41 42 43 44 48 SCHNEIDER 06 12 English Description Front Panel SAMSUNG STANDBY ON Turns the DVD Recorder on and off AV3 IN Connect external equipment DV IN Connects extermal digital equipment with a DV jack Such as a camcorder DISC TRAY Opens to accept a disc P SCAN Selects the progressive scan mode OPEN CLOSE Opens and closes the disc tray Front Panel Display 7 DISPLAY Displays the playing status title chapter time etc 8 PROG Av Select TV preset Channels Same as PROG button on the remote control 9 REC Starts recording 10 STOP Stops disc playback 11 PLAY PAUSE Plays a disc or pauses playback recording 12 SEARCH SKIP Go to the next title chapter track or go back to the previous title chapter track ils Lights when a disc is loaded 2 Lights in the record mode 3 Lights to indicate the timer record mode 4 Lights when a DVD R RW disc is loaded 5 Playing time clock current status indicator 6 Lights in the progressive scan mode English 13 pees bumaa Getting Started Rear Panel 1 In from aerial connector 8 AUDIO OUT Connects to the audio input of external equipment 2 Out to TV connector using audio cables 3 AV2 EXT INPUT SCART Connector 9
60. SCAN button on the front of the DVD Recorder to enjoy 1 With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the P SCAN button on the front of the DVD Recorder The message Press Yes to confirm Progressive scan mode Otherwise press No will appear Press Yes to confirm Progressive scan mode Otherwise press No Ga ma 2 Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes and then press the OK button 3 Set your TV to Progressive input using the TV remote control KY When the HDMI cable is connected this NOTE screen is not displayed Do not press the P SCAN button if you are using a TV that does not support Progressive mode Nothing will be displayed on the screen if pressed m Progressive setting is only available when the Video Out is set to Component f the P SCAN button on the DVD recorder s front panel is pressed during playback the prohibition mark 0 appears on the screen Progressive setting is only available when the DVD recorder is in stop mode Canceling the Progressive scan 1 With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the P SCAN button on the front of the DVD Recorder The message Press Yes to confirm Interlace scan mode Otherwise press No will appear Press Yes to confirm Interlace scan mode Otherwise press No 2 Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes and then press the OK button 3 Set your TV to Interlace input using the TV remote control KY m f you pr
61. STANDBY ON OPEN CLOSE REPEAT oo oo ooo 000 3 9 lt o o OOOO 7 Q TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU sNOD O REC REC MODE INFO TIMER j CJ MARKER AY Par a ark se er gt Se ilen par ay ark alar OK d mesi Se ilen par ay ark alar veya se ilen klas rdeki dosyalar g sterir RETURN d mesi Ge erli ark n n bulundu u dosyaya gider SKIP d mesi Sonraki par ay alar SKIP d mesi alma s ras nda bas ld nda ge erli par an n ba na d ner Tekrar bas l rsa DVD kaydediciniz nceki par aya ge er ve onu alar saniye i inde bu d meye basarsan z nceki par a alar Bu d meye saniye sonra basarsan z ge erli ark en ba tan yeniden alar STOP d mesi Par ay ark durdurur PLAY PAUSE d mesi Par ay ark alar veya almay duraklat r ANYKEY d mesi Ekran g stergesindeki alt men y se er Repeat veya Play option 62 T rk e st ste alma almay Tekrarlama CD MP3 ii REPEAT d mesinin kullan lmas alma s ras nda REPEAT d mesine bas n Track repeat modu simgesi c2 g r n r ve se ilen par a st ste alar cD P N Title Length TRACK 1 0 03 50 CZD PLAY MODE MOVE OK ARETURN MEXT Diski st ste almak icin REPEAT d mesine
62. Science 00 00 17 02 Sky 00 Bot 8G Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes then 05 Dolphin 00 00 06 press the OK button It automatically returned to the Edit Playlist screen OK RETURN MEXT after the delete operation has finished Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Playlist then Daang press the OK or b button 4 Please wait e Press the AV buttons to select Edit Playlist then press the OK or gt button SOK RETURN I EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select the title you want to delete from the Playlist then press a the OK or B button No Title Length Edit The Edit Playlist menu is displayed Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete 09 Dolphin 5 SOK RETURN M EXIT lo Title Length Edit Science 00 00 17 sy Dolphin Rename Natural Edit Scene Dolphin Copy Delete RETURN M EXIT English 81 bunipa Editing Disc Manager Editing the Disc Name Follow these instructions to give a name to a disc DVD RW Gi With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button Press the AV buttons to select Disc Manager then press the OK or button Press the AV buttons to select Disc Name then press the OK or button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Tie Lint 3 MOVE SOK RETURN T EXIT DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Protection Not Protected gt Disc Form
63. Science 0000177 e ES hood 03 Dolphin OK A RETURN m EXIT MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Playlist esini se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine basin e Edit Playlist esini se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n 2 Playlist esinden d zenlemek istedi iniz b l m se mek i in a v d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Edit Playlist men s g r n r Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete Science Co CT Dolphin Natural Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete A RETURN m EXIT Edit Scene esini se mek i in a v d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Edit Scene ekran g r n r No Title Length Edit 0t Science 00 00 17 2 Sky pp anas 03 Dolphin 04 Natural Rename Copy SOK A RETURN EXIT rang ri PEE h 02 00 00 07 03 00 00 04 00 03 05 00 00 11 0600 00 04 gt MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT Se ilen bir Sahnenin Oynat lmas 4 Oynatmak istedi iniz sahneyi se mek i in AV lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Oynat lacak oynatma listesi giri i se ilir DVD Recorder Scene No 04 00 00 03 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 MOVE OK A RETURN OK d mesine bas n Se ilen sahne oynat l r e Sahne oynatmay durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n T rk e 77 awa
64. Section of a Title Follow these instructions to delete a section of a Title List entry DVD RW VR mode EJ Using the TITLE LIST button Press the TITLE LIST button The Title List screen is displayed Using the MENU button e Press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Title List then press the OK or B button twice SOK A RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select an entry you want to edit from the Title List then press the OK or button RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Edit then press the OK or button The Edit Title List screen is display SOK RETURN EXIT Press the OK button at the starting point The image and starting point time are displayed in the section deletion starting point window 00 00 06 Return SOK RETURN I EXIT SOK RETURN Exit 1 Playback bar 2 Playtime 3 Section deletion starting point window and time 4 Section deletion end point window and time e Select the start and end points of the section you want to delete using the playback related buttons e Playback related buttons Press the OK button at the end point The image and end point time are displayed in the Section deletion ending point window MOVE SOK RETURN I EXIT Q NOTE Press the OK button at the Delete The message Do you want to delete Deleted part will not be restored is displayed SOK A RETURN IM EXIT Pr
65. Ses k ndan kmaz NOT Dinamik S k t rma Bu sadece bir Dolby Digital sinyali alg land nda aktif olur 1 On Film m zikleri d k seste veya k k hoparl rlerden al n yorsa sistem d k seviyeli i eri i daha anla l r hale getirmek ve dramatik sahnelerin ok g r lt l olmas n nlemek i in uygun s k t rmay uygulayabilir 2 Off Filminizin keyfini standart Dinamik Aral kta karabilirsiniz NICAM NICAM programlar 3 e ayr l r NICAM Stereo NICAM Mono ve Bilingual ba ka bir dilde iletim NICAM programlar her zaman standart bir tek ses yay n yla birlikte verilir ve NICAM a k veya kapal olarak ayarlayarak istedi iniz sesi se ebilirsiniz 1 On NICAM modu 2 Off Bu konumu yaln zca bir NICAM yay n esnas nda d k yay n sinyalleri y z nden stereo ses bozuluyorsa standard mono seste kay t yapmak i in kullan n T rk e 33 uee y W9JSI Sistem Ayarlari Video Cikis Seceneklerinin Ayarlanmasi RGB veya Komponent Video ba lant lar yla y ksek kaliteli g r nt lerin keyfini karabilirsiniz DVD Kaydedici Stop No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install S
66. ZOOM button on the remote control English 57 yoeqheld Playback Using Bookmarks This feature lets you bookmark sections of a DVD VIDEO or DVD R RW V mode so you can quickly find them DVD VIDEO DVD RW M DVDR V mode Press the MARKER button during playback 2 Press the OK button when the desired scene appears The number 1 is displayed and the scene is memorized gt MOVE PLAY w CLEAR 3 Press the lt gt button to move to the next position 4 Press the OK button when the desired scene appears The number 2 is displayed and the scene is memorized th Bookmark W A 4 gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR RETURN e Repeat above to bookmark other positions e You can bookmark up to 10 scenes KY When the disc tray is opened and then NOTE closed bookmarks will disappear 58 English Playing back a bookmark Press the MARKER button during playback Press the lt gt buttons to select a bookmarked scene th Bookmark 4 MOVE PLAY CLEAR 0 RETURN Press the OK or PLAY button to start playing from the selected scene Clearing a bookmark Press the MARKER button during playback Press the 4 gt buttons to select a bookmarked scene th Bookmark ied A gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR A RETURN Press the CANCEL button to delete the selected bookmark SOK RETURN Using Markers DVD RW VR mode Press the MARKER button during playb
67. anahtar olarak kullan l r Diskin i eri i ba ka bir ortama kopyalan rsa ID olmayacak ya da yanl olacakt r ve verilerin ifresi z lemeyecektir T rk e 41 yAey Kayit INFO D mesi Hakk nda TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU LOGU REC RECMODE INFO TIMER m RC INFO i levi oynatma ve kayd n ge erli durumunu ve ilerleyi ini g rmenizi sa lar Disk tipine ve durumuna ba l olarak g r nt lenen ekran farkl olabilir Bo disk alan n n kontrol edilmesi Disk Bilgileri Kullan lm bir disk zerine kay t yaparken kay t i in yeterli alan bulundu undan emin olun DVD RW disklerinde b l mleri silerek disk alan n bo altabilirsiniz e INFO d mesine bas n Disk bilgileri ekran penceresi g z k r Ekrandaki eler disk tipine ve kay t bi imine g re farkl l k g sterir DVD RW VR Dise Info Disc Name Disc Total Title 15 Total Playlist 1 Recordable Time 02 12 SP Protection Not Protected Screen PR 11 DUAL L JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 1 Disk Tipi 2 Ge erli bilgi ekran durumu 3 Disk Ad 4 Toplam B l m B l mlerin toplam say s 5 Toplam Oynatma Listesi Oynatma listelerinin toplam say s 6 Kay t S resi Her kay t modundaki yakla k en uzun kesintisiz kay t s resi 7 Tarih Ge erli tarih ve saat 42 T rk e Seyretmekte oldu unuz TV program n n kaydedilmesi DVD RW
68. appears CD PLN NODE 3 MOVE OK RETURN M EXT Press the lt gt buttons to select the desired item Normal Random Intro or Playlist in the Play option then press the OK button e Normal Tracks on a disc are played in the order in which they were recorded on the disc Intro The first 10 seconds of each track will be played If you want to listen to the music that you have selected press the OK or PLAY button The play option will be changed to Normal Play When Intro Play is completed Normal Play is performed Playlist The Playlist playback option allows you to select the order in which you want tracks to play Random The Random option plays a disc s tracks in random order After a random list is generated and played completely another random list is generated and played Random Play is continued until the play option is changed English 63 yoeqheld Playback To Programme Tracks You can register a maximum of 30 tracks in the playlist cD MP3 Press the ANYKEY button in Stop mode The PLAY MODE window appears CEZ PLAY MODE MOVE OK RETURN M EXT Press the lt gt buttons to select Playlist in the Play option Press the OK button The Playlist screen will appear Press the AV buttons to select Tracks in the order in which you want them to play Press the OK button to add the selected track to the Playlist TRACK 1 TRACK 1 TRACK 2 TRACK 3 TRACK 3 TRACK 5 TRACK 4 z bp TRACK
69. check for Troubleshooting See pages 87 90 Copyright 2006 Samsung Electronics Co All rights reserved No part or whole of this user s manual may be reproduced or copied without the prior written permission of Samsung Electronics Co How to use the DVD Recorder Step 1 Select the disc type This DVD Recorder can record on the following types of discs If you want to repeatedly record on the same disc or you want to edit the disc after recording select a rewritable DVD RW type disc If you want to save recording without any change choose a non rewritable DVD R do Step 2 Format the disc to start recording Unlike a VCR the DVD Recorder automatically starts formatting when an unused disc is inserted This is required for the preparation of recording on a disc Using a DVD RW This type of disc can be formatted in either DVD Video format Video mode or DVD Video Recording format VR mode For an unused disc a message that asks whether to format in VR Mode or not is displayed You can play a Video mode disc on various DVD components A VR mode disc allows more varied editing Using a DVD R Formatting a disc is unnecessary and only Video Mode Recording is supported You can play this type of discs on various DVD components only when they have been finalised g a You can only use either the VR or Video mode on a DVD RW but not NOTE both at the same time a You can change the DVD RW format to an
70. daan aanak ananaagaa 37 DivX R Registration nnaman na nanana wnnwawnnwa nanana 37 Setting up the ParentalControl 37 Ifyouforgotyourpassword 38 About the Ratinglevel eeeeeeeeenren 38 AboutiheChangePassword 39 Recording Before RECOrING sssssssssssereessenssnsensenssesaeseeneenes 40 Recordallerd SES s4 a anananunaamuannuaand 40 Recording FOmmatts wiciccsisiccsissecsssssicecsssosecostsnseecssteceissannsed 41 Recording Modes imes onun 41 Unrecordable Vid 0 ssssesesssssessesssesessesseesesssesseseesee 41 About INFO BULtON sirin 42 Checking the available disc space Disc Information 42 Recording the current TV programme you are Watching AA 42 Recording from external equipment you are egg PE EY 44 Copying from a Camcorder sessesseseseeseeeseeees 44 Making a One Touch Recording OTR 45 Making a Timer Recording ssssesesesseseeeeeneenes 46 Flexible Recording for Timer recording only 47 Editing the Scheduled Record List 48 Deleting the Scheduled Record List 48 Recording the Standard Timer List x 49 Playback Before Playing sesescssascssssssssrcsscasecntsasesensessscsccatensareces 50 Region code DVD Videoonly 50 Disctypesthatcanbeplayed
71. displayed DVD Recorder DVD RW VR No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit Current Time 12 27 Of PRO O1SUN 1307 14 07 SP Off 02 Bpi oz mon TAZE 14 00 SPN on PE f Bi Ea ES man EE E E OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Delete then press the OK or button e You will be prompted with the delete confirm message such as Do you want to delete No 01 DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit SOK N RETURN m EXIT Press the 4 gt buttons to select Yes then press the OK button e The selected entry will be deleted from the list Press the MENU button after finishing the operation The menu screen will disappear Recording the Standard Timer List When the start time in the Scheduled record list reaches while the set is in power off the set will be powered on and start the recording automatically 1 When the scheduled recording is operating the programme being recorded will not display on TV e Press the TV DVD button if you want to see the programmed being recorded on TV e Press the TV DVD button again if you don t want to see the programmed being recorded on TV To stop Recording Press the STOP button The message Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record is displayed Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record Press the STOP button
72. entry title will be played back To stop title play press the STOP button To return the title list screen press the TITLE LIST button Using the MENU button 1 Press the MENU button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Ci Title List Title List SOK M RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Title List then press the OK or button twice The Title List screen is displayed SOK A RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select an entry you want to play from Title List then press the OK or gt button The Edit menu is displayed on the right No Title Length Edit OT APR 1912006 12 00 00 00 21 Ps 02 APR 191200 ma D APRI 201200614 Rename 05 APRI21 2006 1 Delete 06 APR 21 2006 1 Edit Protection SOK RETURN m EXIT Rename Delete Edit Protection See pages 70 73 Press the AV buttons to select Play to play the title list then press the OK button The selected entry title will be played back To view the current status of the disc and progress of playback Press the INFO button the information about the disc will appear DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 6 Total Playlist 2 Recordable Time 00 28 SP Protection Not Protected Screen Playback JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 Press the INFO button once again Then you can check the information about the title under playback DVD RW VR Playing Info Name APRI21 200612 00 PR1 Title 5 6 Created Time APR 21 2
73. es m SELECT ZOOM INPUT SEL g gt zZ 5 w lt ON open oo 6 a 5 a m a in 5 g gt BO o o0 OOGO 5 3 a m Ki 9 5 x BO of 0O o TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU O O GO REC RECMODE INFO TIMER m CI CI C MARKER SAMSUNG 1 Press the OPEN CLOSE button 2 Place a disc gently into the tray with the disc s label facing up 3 Press the OPEN CLOSE button to close the disc tray e Your DVD Recorder closes the disc tray and plays the disc automatically e The DVD Recorder does not play discs automatically after the initial power on e When the DVD Recorder is powered on and a disc is in the tray the DVD Recorder will be activated and wait in stop status e Press the PLAY button to start playback e If you want the DVD Recorder to play automatically when it is powered Off with a disc in the DVD Recorder power on with the PLAY button 4 Press the STOP button to stop playback Ky When you stop playing disc the DVD RoE Recorder remembers where you stopped When you press the PLAY button again it will pick up where you left off unless the disc is removed or the DVD Recorder is unplugged or if you press the STOP button twice This function is only applicable to DVD VIDEO DVD RW DVD R or audio CDs CD DA w Do not move your DVD Recorder while mn gt as this may cause damage to the
74. esini se in ve OK d mesine basin Manual Setup PR o CH Cm Name Decoder Of MFT Ok CH 4 gt d melerini kullanarak kanal ayarlay n Name Yay n sinyalinde otomatik olarak belirlenen ekran istasyon ad Alg lanmazsa AV lt gt d melerini kullanarak ad d zenleyebilirsiniz Decoder Ayarlamay yaparsan z harici dekoder kutusunu kullanarak kar m olan kanallar kaydedebilirsiniz Ayarlamadan nce sayfa 18 deki harici dekoder kutusunu ba lama k sm na bak n MFT lt gt d melerini kullanarak kanal frekans n daha iyi ayarlayabilirsiniz e Delete Se ilen PR nin program kanal bilgisi kar l r e Swap ki PR nin program kanal bilgisini de i tirebilirsiniz rne in PR2 ve PR5 i de i tirmek istiyorsan z PR2 de swap esini se in ve PR5 te OK d mesine bas n Dil Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmasi Ses altyaz disk men s ekran men s ve DivX altyaz men s n nceden ayarlarsan z her film izleyi inizde otomatik olarak karlar Se ilen dil disk zerinde kay tl de ilse nceden kaydedilmi orijinal dil se ilir 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modunda No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Paren
75. m Make sure to press the OPEN CLOSE button to open or close the disc tray Do not push the disc tray while it is being opened or closed as this may cause a malfunction of the DVD Recorder Do not place foreign materials on or in the disc tray Some functions may perform differently or be disabled depending on the disc type If this occurs refer to the instructions written on the disc case Be especially careful that children s fingers are not caught between the disc tray and the tray chassis when it closes You must only insert one DVD disc at a time Inserting two or more discs will not allow playback and may cause damage to the DVD RECORDER English 51 yoeqheld Playback Using the Disc Menu 8 Title Menu Some discs contain a dedicated menu system that allow you to select special functions for the title such as chapters audio tracks subtitles film previews information on characters etc For DVD VIDEO discs O DVD VIDEO Press the DISC MENU button to enter the disc menu of the disc e Move to the setup menu related to the playback operation e You can select the audio languages and the subtitles provided by the disc Press the TITLE MENU button to move to the title menu of the disc e Use this button if the disc contains more than one title Some type of discs may not support the title menu function For DVD RW R discs 28 DVD RW Bl DVD R Press the TITLE LIST button to move to the Ti
76. marked in this function may be different from the actual playback speed KI m No sound is heard during Scan Search NOTE mode except Fast 1 mode You cannot also hear during scanning MPEG4 in all mode For CD CD DA you can hear sound during Scan mode English 52 Skipping Chapters or Tracks e During playback you can search quickly through a chapter or track During playback press the SKIP button on the remote control e If you press the SKIP button it moves to the beginning of the chapter or track or marker DVD RW VR mode Pressing the button once again within 3 seconds returns to the beginning of the previous chapter or track or marker DVD RW VR mode If you press the SKIP button it moves to the next chapter or track or marker DVD RW VR mode Slow Motion Play 2908 DVD VIDEO Jl DVD RW DVD R MPEG4 1 In pause mode press the SEARCH button on the remote control e If you press the SEARCH button I gt Slow 1 gt I gt Slow 2 gt I gt Slow 3 e If you press the SEARCH 9 button USlow1 lt I Slow 2 gt lt I Slow 3 e To return to normal speed playback press the PLAY button Press and hold the SEARCH 9 9 button during pause the disc will play slowly at a Slow 1 speed If the button is released the pause operation will resume Ky The speed marked in this function may be nae different from the actual playback speed Slow motion operate
77. may n Kay t temizleme spreyleri veya antistatik kullanmay n Benzen veya tiner gibi u ucu kimyasallar kullanmay n Disklere etiket veya kartma yap t rmay n Yap kan veya soyulmu kartmalar ta yan diskleri kullanmay n izilmeye dayan kl korumalar veya k l flar kullanmay n Piyasada bulunan etiket yaz c lar yla bask yap lm diskleri kullanmay n E ilmi veya atlam diskler kullanmay n T rk e 3 uoye seg Baslarken Disklerin Saklanmas Disklere zarar vermemeye zen g sterin zira bu diskler evre ko ullar na kar olduk a duyarl d r e Do rudan g ne nda b rakmay n Serin hava alan bir yerde muhafaza edin Dik olarak saklay n Temiz bir koruma k l f nda tutun DVD kaydedicinizi so uk bir yerden aniden s cak bir yere ge irirseniz al ma par alar nda ve mercekte bu ulanma olabilir ve diskin oynat lmas normal olmay abilir Bu olursa fi i prize takmay n ve iki saat bekleyin Sonra diski tak n ve yeniden oynatmay deneyin Disk zellikleri DVD Video Dijital ok y nl disk DVD 135 dakikaya kadar g r nt 8 dil se ene i ve 32 dilde altyaz se ene i bar nd rabilir MPEG 2 g r nt s k t rma ve Dolby dijital ses zellikleri ile canl ve net sinema kalitesinde g r nt lerin keyfini kendi evinizin rahatl nda kartman z sa lar ift katmanl bir DVD Video diskin ilk katman ndan iki
78. olmad s rece kes inlikle kullanmay n Bu i levin yaln zca disk yerle tirilmemi ken m mk n oldu unu unutmay n Denetim noktas 1 Kay tl bir diskte altyaz ve ses sinyalini de i tirmek m mk n m d r Kay tl bir disk yaln zca kay t s ras nda se ilen altyaz ve ses sinyalleriyle oynat l r Denetim noktas 1 Di er sorunlar Vv indekiler k sm n okuyun ve soru nunuzu tan mlayan b l m bulun ve okuyun daha sonra da verilen talimatlar uygulay n DVD Kaydedicinizi kapat p a n Sorun devam ederse yak ndaki bir Samsung servis merkeziyle temas kurun Teknik Ozellikler Agirlik 2 6 kg Boyutlar 430mm W x 240mm D x 49mm H Calisma sicakligi 5 C ile 35 C arasi Gug gereksinimleri AC 220 240V 50Hz G sarfiyat 21 Watt Genel Di er ko ullar al t r rken seviyeyi koruyun 9675 ten az al ma nem oran Video Kompozit Video 75 Q y kl 1 0 V p p e itleme negatif Maksimum Ses Giri Seviyesi 2Vrms Giri DV Giri i IEEE 1394 4p uyumlu jak Al nabilir Kanallar PAL B G D K Analog k jaklar x 2 Optik Koaksiyel dijital ses k Kompozit Video Video k jak x 1 k S Video k x 1 Y 1 0Vp p C 759 y kl 0 286Vp p Ek cihaz k x 1 Y 1 0Vp p Pb 0 70Vp p Pr 750 y kl 0 70Vp p HDMI DVI k x 1 576p 720p 1080i Scart Jak AV1 Scart TV V
79. on screen menu DivX subtitle language in advance they will come up automatically every time you watch a movie If the selected language is not recorded on the disc the original pre recorded language is selected With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List RETURN MOVE OK EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or gt button DVD Recorder No Disc a Setup Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install RETURN EXIT MOVE OK Press the AV buttons to select Language then press the OK or gt button Language setup menu will be displayed DVD Recorder No Disc a Audio Setup Subtitle Disc Menu 7Original Automatic lt English On Screen Menu English DivX Subtitle Western RETURN Cy MOVE OK m EXIT 4 5 Press the AV buttons to select the desired language option then press the OK or gt button e Audio For the speaker sound e Subtitle For the disc subtitles e Disc Menu For the disc menu contained on the disc e On Screen Menu For the screen of your DVD Recorder e DivX Subtitle Selecting a supported DivX subtitle language by region Afrikaans Basque Catalan Danish Dutch English Faeroese Finnish French German Icelandic Indonesian Italian Malay Norwegian Portuguese Spanish Swahili and Swedish Western
80. pi SOK RETURN m EXIT bigay Lai e When Protected Entry exists The Delete All Title List function will not operate If there is a title containing a still picture however that function will With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button not operate If you want to delete a protected entry disable Protect for it on the Lock item Ea Recorder Tie List Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes then press the OK button All title lists are deleted GC MOVE SOK A RETURN MI EXIT 84 English Finalising a disc After you record titles onto a DVD RW DVD R disc with your DVD recorder it needs to be finalised before it can be played back on external devices DVD RW DVD R With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button DvoReoet SSS 2 TE Title List MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Disc Manager then press the OK or button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Protection Not Protected C DiscNanager Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise gt Delete All Title Lists gt MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT Press the AV button to select Disc Finalise then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists CG MOVE OK RETURN T EXIT O eo RETUR m Q NOTE You will be pro
81. point of the section from which you want to create a new scene using the playback related buttons 74 English 5 Press the OK button at the end point DVD Recorder SOK RETURN T EXIT e The image and end point time are displayed in the End window e The yellow coloured selection bar moves to the Make item To make a new playlist Press the OK button at the Make item A new Scene will be added to the current Playlist A new Make Scene screen is displayed KY m You can check and see all the scenes on Edit Playlist screen NOTE m Repeat steps 1 6 if you want to make a new playlist m Repeat steps 4 6 if you want to make scenes of the playlist To return to Edit Playlist menu Press the lt gt buttons to select Return then press the OK button The Edit Playlist screen is displayed 4 No Title Length Edit l OTAPRI23OO6 12 00 0000 21 B 02 APR 23 2006 12 30 00 00 03 gt OB APRI2W2006 12 00 00 00 15 P 04 APRI24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 p 05 APR 25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 gt SOK M RETURN EXIT Press the MENU or PLAY LIST button after the operation has finished The Edit Playlist screen will disappear KS m You can create up to 99 playlist entries NOTE Depending on the kind of disc the displayed screen may have a slight difference Press the AV buttons to select Play then Playing Entries in the Playlist I ying y press the OK button Follow these ins
82. sssssssssssssssssensessseneee 74 Creating a Playlist 0 0 csssssssssssssssssesssessessssesseesesssenees 74 Playing EntriesinthePlaylisi 75 Renaming a Playlist Entry 76 Editing a Scene for the Playlist Copying a PlaylistEntrytothePlaylist 80 Deleting a Playlist Entry from the Playlist 81 Disc Manager NAAN 82 Editing the Disc Name sssssssssssssssesseessesssseseesseesed 82 Disc Protection sise aaa 83 Formatting a DISC sascisieiccccsatescsatceiescessscssorscideceoedseeanieesatl 83 Delete All Title Lists manna nna nnnawanaananasawsawsawsawas 84 Finalising ACSC siiin 85 Unfinalisingadisc VWVRmod8 86 Additional Information Troubleshooting sssseseesseeesensenesesateeeeensnneneeneenees 87 SPCCHICALIONS a anaaaaaalimaamaagad 91 English 7 payers bumaa Getting Started General Features The DVD Recorder allows you to record and play high quality digital video on DVD RW DVD R discs You can record and edit digital images on DVD RW DVD R discs as if they were VCR tapes High quality digital audio and video recording and playback Record up to 8 hours of images with a 4 7 GB DVD RW DVD R disc depending on the recording mode Selectable Recording Mode You can set your recorder to one of four different recording speeds each varying in recording quality an
83. t r KY Disk sonlandirildiginda kayit listesinden NOT girisleri silemezsiniz DVD R DVD RW video modu sonlandirildiktan sonra bir DVD Video gibi al r Disk tipine ba l olarak g r nt lenen ekran farkl olabilir Diskte kay tl veri miktar na ba l olarak sonland rma s resi farkl olabilir Sonland rma i lemi s ras nda kaydedici kapat l rsa diskteki veri zarar g recektir T rk e 85 awajuazng D zenleme Disk Sonlandirmanin geri al nmas WVR Modu DVD RW DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU dugmesine basin DVD Recorder MOVE OK A RETURN EXIT Disc Manager esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Disc Format DVD VR OK A RETURN m EXIT Disc Unfinalise esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin Do you want to unfinalise disc mesajiyla uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder Do you want to unfinalise disc OK RETURN EXIT Yes se ene ini se erseniz yeniden Disc will be unfinalised Do you want to continue mesaj yla uyar l rs n z DVD Recorder i Disc will be unfinalised Do you want to continue OK N RETURN exit 86 T rk e Yes esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n Diskte sonland r lma kald r l r A Bir DVD RW diski Video modunda
84. tekrar bas n Disc repeat modu simgesi GD g r n r ve yerle tirilen disk st ste alar MP3 diski i in Folder repeat modu simgesi G9 g r n r ve ge erli klas rdeki b t n par alar st ste alar REPEAT d mesine tekrar bas ld nda mod Disc repeat moduna d n r No Title Length 002 TRACK 2 0 04 00 03 TRACK 3 0 lt gt MOVE OK RETURN MEXT Normal oynatmaya d nmek i in Repeat modu simgesi kaybolana kadar REPEAT d mesine st ste bas n veya CANCEL d mesine bas n ANYKEY digmesinin kullanimi Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n PLAY MODE penceresi g r n r GIZ PLAY MODE MOVE OK RETURN ID EXIT Gb d melerini kullanarak arzu etti iniz tekrar modunu Track veya Disc se in sonra da OK d mesine bas n MP3 diskleri i in Track Folder veya Disc modunu se in Normal oynatmaya d nmek i in Gb d melerini kullanarak PLAY MODE penceresindeki Off esini se in sonra da OK d mesine bas n Play Option Modu Play Option Modu Stop modundaki ses CD si veya MP3 ile kullan labilir cD MP3 Stop modunda ANYKEY d mesine basin PLAY MODE penceresi g r n r 01 15 PLAYMODE lt gt MOVE OK RETURN M EXIT 2 Play se ene indeki arzu edilen eyi Normal Random Intro veya Playlist se mek i in lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n e Normal Diskteki par alar diske kaydedil
85. tercih listesine g re kanallar arar 6 Auto Channel taramas ba lar e DVD Kaydedici taraf ndan kaydedilen istasyonlar n say s cihaz n buldu u istasyonlar n say s na ba l d r 7 Tarih ve saati kontrol edin Date Time Auto Clock SUN MOVE SOK RETURN e er Dogruysa OK d mesine bas n tarih ve saat kaydedilecektir OK d mesine basmazsan z tarih ve saat 5 saniye sonra otomatik olarak kaydedilecektir e e er Yanl sa Time Date Year giri ini AV lt lt gt d melerini veya numara d melerini kullanarak d zeltin OK d mesine bas n Tarih ve saat kaydedilir Saat ayarlar n de i tirmek isterseniz elle ayarlama yapabilirsiniz bkz sayfa 25 KI m DVD Kaydedici artik kullanima hazirdir Plug 8 Auto Setup i levi nceden sabitlenmi tir Bu y zden e er de i tirmek isterseniz ekrandaki men s nden kanallar nceden ayarlayarak de i tirebilirsiniz Elle Ayar fonksiyonuyla Kanallar n nceden ayarlanmas b l m ne bak n z bkz sayfa 28 m Auto Setup i levi DVD Kaydedicinizin n panelindeki PROG V A d melerini ayn anda DVD Kaydedicinizde disk olmadan 5 saniye boyunca bas l tutarak ger ekle tirilebilir T rk e 25 uee y Wa sis Sistem Ayarlari Saatin Ayarlanmasi Bu men g ncel zaman ayarlamak i in kullan l r Zamanlay c ile kay t i levini kullanabilmek i in saati ayarlaman z gerekir DVD Kayded
86. the ID is read from the BCA and used to generate a key to decrypt the contents of the disc If the contents of the disc are copied to other media the ID will be absent or wrong and the data will not be decryptable English 41 Buipiooay Recording About INFO Button TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU O O OQ REC REC MODE INFO TIMER The INFO function allows you to view the current status and progress of playback and recording Depending on the disc type and status the displayed screen may be different Checking the available disc space Disc Information When recording on an used disc make sure that there is enough disc space for recording With DVD RWs you can free up disc space by erasing titles e Press the INFO button The display window of disc information appears Items in the display differ depending on the disc type or recording format DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Disc Total Title 15 Total Playlist 1 Recordable Time 02 12 SP Protection Not Protected Screen PR 11 DUAL L JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 Disc Type Current information display status Disc Name Total Title Total number of titles Total Playlist Total number of Playlists Recordable Time The longest continuous recording time in each of the recording modes approximate 7 Date Current date and time aOahWNM 42 English Recording the current TV programme you are
87. tirilir STEP d mesine bas ld nda sonraki kare etkinle tirilir e Normal h zda oynatmaya d nmek i in PLAY d mesine bas n KY a Ad m ad m oynatma MPEG 4 disklerinde NOT yaln zca ileri y nde al r ANYKEY Hakk nda TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU O 0O ANYKEY i levi arzu etti iniz bir sahneyi b l m alt b l m veya zaman dilimine eri im sa layarak kolayca araman z sa lar Ayn zamanda altyaz ve ses ayarlar n de i tirebilir ve Repeat Angle Zoom gibi zellikleri ayarlayabilirsiniz ANYKEY d mesini kullanarak do rudan bir sahneye gitme e Arzu etti iniz bir sahneyi bulmak i in bir b l me veya alt b l me gitmek istiyorsan z 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO Tite 1 2 Time 00 00 01 le Off w ENG DO D 54C Fopeat Off fs ingle 1 3 rom ot f E MOVE CHANGE fem 2 Title veya Chapter elerinden birini se mek i in A V d melerine basin Sa VIDEO psa 1 28 Time 00 00 01 Audio peas Repeat Angle 1 3 Zoom OH AE siMOYE TE Arzu etti iniz sahneyi se mek i in 4 gt veya numara 0 9 d melerine bas n OK d mesine bas n T rk e 53 euyeukg Oynatma e Bir sahneyi bulmak i in istedi iniz bir zaman dilimine gitmek istiyorsan z 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO 2 Subtle Off Audio ENG NOD 51CH
88. type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety if the provided plug does not fit into your outlet consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet 10 Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs convenience receptacles the point where they exit from the apparatus 11 Only use attachments accessories specified by the manufacturer 12 Use only with the cart stand tripod bracket or table specified by the manufacturer or sold with the apparatus When a cart is used use caution when moving the cart apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip over 13 Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for long periods of time 14 Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel Servicing is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way such as power supply cord or plug is damaged liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture does not operate normally or has been dropped Handling Cautions e Before connecting other components to this DVD Recorder be sure to turn them all off e Do not move the DVD Recorder while a disc is being played or the disc may be scratched or broken the DVD Recorder s internal parts may be damaged e Do not put a flower vase filled with water or any small metal objects on the DVD R
89. undan emin olun Bkz sayfa 25 26 DVD RW pi DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken TIMER d mesine bas n OK N RETURN exit MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Programme esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n OK veya gt d mesine iki defa basin e Timer Recording ekran g r n r DVD Recorder No Source Day Start End Speed V P Edit No Of Source Day Start End Speed VIP OK N RETURN exit 3 Zamanlay c ile kay t se ene ini ayarlay n e Y n ve numara d melerini kullanarak giri elerini doldurun lt gt nceki sonraki eye ge er AY 0 9 Bir de er ayarlar N NOT e Source Bir zamanlay c ile kay t yapmak istedi iniz video giri kayna AV1 AV2 AV3 veya yay n yapan kanal e Day Zamanlay c ile Kay t bir ay boyunca kay t zaman n n ayarlanabilmesini sa lar Kay t g n n ayarlay n 01 SUN Daily 02 MON MO SA 03 TUE MO FR 04 WED W SA 31 TUE W SU e Start End Time Zamanlay c ile kayd n ba lama ve biti zaman e Speed Kay t Modu FR Esnek Kay t Video kalitesini otomatik olarak ayarlamak istediginizde secin FR modunda en uygun kayit modu diskte kalan s reye ve zamanlay c ile kayd n uzunlu una g re otomatik ayarlan r Bu i lev XP SP LP ve EP modlar n n sadece birinde se ilir ve bu modu zama
90. uyar l rs n z m Sabit bir resim i eren b l mler silinemez lem bitti inde MENU d mesine basin Edit Title List ekran kaybolur T rk e 73 awajuazng D zenleme Geli mi D zenleme Oynatma listesi Oynatma Listesi Olu turma Kay tl bir b l mden yeni bir oynatma listesi olu turmak i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW VR modu DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU dugmesine basin 2 Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder New Playlist gt gt Edit Playlist OK N RETURN Exit New Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Make Scene ekran g r n r DVD Recorder VE OK N RETURN m EXIT 4 Ba lang noktas nda OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder ic OK A RETURN I EXIT e Start penceresinde ba lang noktas ndaki g r nt ve zaman g r n r e Sar renkli se me ubu u End esine gider e Oynatmayla ilgili d meleri 9 0 kullanarak yeni bir sahne yapmak istedi iniz b l m n ba lang noktas n se in 74 T rk e 5 Biti noktas nda OK d mesine bas n 00 10 00 A RETURN exit e G r nt ve biti noktas zaman End pencer esinde g r n r e Sar renkli se me ubu u Make esine gider Yeni bir oynatma listesi yapmak i in Make e
91. uzunlu u k s mlar aras ndaki aral k kay t moduna g re de i ir e Basit d zenleme b l mlerin silinmesi b l m ad n n de i tirilmesi DVD RW VR modu e Bu mod oklu d zenleme i levlerini i erir rne in b l m n tamam n n silinmesi k smen silinmesi vb e Olu turulmu bir alma listesi kullan lan e itli d zenleme se enekleri Kay t Modu DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken REC MODE dugmesine tekrar tekrar basarak dilediginiz kayit s resini ve g r nt kalitesi i in d rt kay t modundan birini se in Genel olarak kay t s resi azald k a g r nt kalitesi artar FR modunda en uygun kay t modu diskte kalan s reye ve zamanlay c kayd n n uzunlu una g re otomatik olarak ayarlan r Bu i lev XP SP LP ve EP modlar nda yaln z bir mod olarak se ilir ve bunu zamanlay c kayd i in kullanabilirsiniz Kay t S releri Veri Mod zellik Oranlar Di kalite Video kalitesi nemli Yakla k 1 saat modu oldu u zaman se in yakla k 8 Mbps SP Standart kalitede kay t Yakla k 2 saat standart kalite modu yapmak i in se in yakla k 4 Mbps LP Uzun kay t s resi Yakla k 4 saat uzun kay t modu gerekti inde se in yakla k 2 Mbps Daha da uzun kay t Yakla k 6 saat EP PANG pon aklasik 1 2 Mbps s resi gerekti inde Y p til d i Yakla k 8 saa a med se in yakla k 0 8 Mbps FR Sadece zamanlay c kayd Yakla
92. 0 6225 www samsung com latin GUATEMALA 1 800 299 0013 www samsung com latin JAMAICA 1 800 234 7267 www samsung com latin PANAMA 800 7267 www samsung com latin PUERTO RICO 1 800 682 3180 www samsung com latin REP DOMINICA 1 800 751 2676 www samsung com latin TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1 800 7267 864 www samsung com latin VENEZUELA BELGIUM 1 800 100 5303 02 201 2418 www samsung com latin www samsung com be CZECH REPUBLIC 844 000 844 www samsung com cz DENMARK 38 322 887 www samsung com dk FINLAND 09 693 79 554 www samsung com fi FRANCE 08 25 08 65 65 0 15 Min www samsung com fr GERMANY 01805 121213 0 12 Min www samsung de HUNGARY 06 40 985 985 www samsung com hu ITALIA 199 153 153 www samsung com it LUXEMBURG 02 261 03 710 www samsung lu NETHERLANDS 0900 20 200 88 0 10 Min www samsung com nl NORWAY 231 627 22 www samsung com no POLAND 0 801 801 881 www samsung com pl PORTUGAL 80 8 200 128 www samsung com pt SLOVAKIA 0850 123 989 www samsung com sk SPAIN 902 10 11 30 www samsung com es SWEDEN 08 585 367 87 www samsung com se U K RUSSIA 0870 242 0303 8 800 200 0400 www samsung com uk www samsung ru UKRAINE 8 800 502 0000 www samsung com ur Asia Pacific AUSTRALIA
93. 006 12 00 Length 00 01 43 SP Playing Time 00 00 08 Title Protection Not Protected JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 To stop title play press the STOP button To return the title list screen press the TITLE LIST button A You can also play a recorded programme NOTE by pressing the ANYKEY button during playback Q Tima 00 00 08 E m4 nug DOD te CD Repeat of Gi Zoom Ol MOVE r m Press the AV buttons to select Title Press the GB buttons to select to play the title list then press the OK button English 67 yoeqheld Playback Title List Screen Elements QO a No Title Length Edit Length Edit 01 APR 19 2006 12 00 J 12 00 gt A i 2 Rename z Delete Edit Protection D SOK RETURN MEXT Playback screen for recorded eniries 2 Information window for the selected entry Title name recording date lock status recording mode Recorded entry No Recorded entry title Recording length i e the playing time Title list edit items Play Plays the selected entry Rename Renames the title of a selected entry Delete Deletes the selected entry from the list Edit Deletes a section of titles Protection Locks or unlocks the selected entry 7 Button display KY This may depend on the the disc type NQJE m DVD R DVD RW Video discs have limited editing function aon Ww 68 English Editing This section introduces basic function
94. 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed V P Edit Source Day Start End Speed VIP OK A RETURN M EXIT D zenlenen ayarlar onaylamak i in OK d mesine bas n lemi bitirdikten sonra MENU d mesine bas n Men ekran kaybolur Programlanan Kay t Listesinin Silinmesi Zamanlay c ile kay t listesinden bir giri silmek i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW DVD R 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken TIMER d mesine bas n MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Programme esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin 2 OK veya gt d mesine basin Silmek istediginiz zamanlayici ile kayit numaras n se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n e Edit ve Delete eleri g r n r DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit 0 PROI OSUN 13 07 14 07 SP OK A RETURN m EXIT Delete esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n e Do you want to delete No 01 eklinde bir silme onay mesajiyla uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 27 No Source Day Start End Speed V P Edit OK 9 RETURN m EXIT Yes esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n e Se ilen giri listeden silinece
95. 6 TRACK 5 e TRACK 6 TRACK 7 TRACK 8 CZD PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK If you playlisted a wrong track press the gt button then press the AV buttons to select the wrong track then press the CANCEL button The wrong track will be removed TRACK 1 001 TRACK1 002 TRACK3 903 TRACK5 my TRACK 8 GED PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK CLEAR ID EXIT Press the PLAY button to playback the playlist 64 English Playing a Picture JPEG 1 Insert a JPEG into the disc tray DVD Recorder Disc Dik lt gt MOVE SOK MD RETURN I EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Navigation and then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder CD O CEZA a SOK A RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Photo and then press the OK or gt button pi Slide Show yMOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT Press the AV lt gt buttons to select a picture e To see the next 8 pictures press the SKIP button e To see the previous 8 pictures press the SKIP button b If you press the PLAY button the Slide Show Speed screen will appear Press the lt gt buttons to set the slide show speed then press the OK button Gi JPEG01 MOVE PHOTO SOK A RETURN 5 Press the OK button with a picture selected in the Album screen And select a display mode Album screen Slide show Rotation or Zoom using the lt gt buttons then press the OK button Gi JPEG01 MOVE PHOTO
96. 6 425 FAX 49 69 83 06 320 thalat Firma ANADOLU ELEKTRONiK ANADOLU ELEKTRON K ALETLER PAZARLAMA VE T CARET A Esentepe Mah Anadolu Cad No 5 PK38 34870 Kartal Istanbul TURKIYE Tel 90 216 586 78 00 Fax 90 216 473 60 32 bilgi anadoluelektronik com tr Bu r n n Do ru ekilde At lmas Elektrik amp Elektronik Cihaz At Avrupa Birli i ve ayr toplama gerektiren Avrupa lkelerinde uygulan r r n n kutusunun ya da garantisinin zerinde g r nen bu sembol bu r n n genel belediye pl klerine at lmamas gerekti ini g sterir Kontrols z p at m sonucunda olu abilecek evre ve insan sa l na y nelik olas olumsuz etkenleri azaltmak i in bunu di er plerden ayr tutun ve do al kaynaklar korumak i in geri d n t r n Ev kullan c lar i in Ula abilece iniz d n m ve toplama sistemleri hakk nda detayl bilgi i in Ce 9 l tfen at klarla ilgili kuruma ya da r n satin ald n z yetkili firmaya ba vurunuz sahipleri i in r n sa lay c n za ba vurun ve sat n alma s zle mesindeki artlar kontrol edin Bu r n di er p ve at klarla kar t r lmamal d r i Tince AK68 01094N 00
97. ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU REC REC MODE INFO TIMER Ce C CI MARKER I AV Selects a track song gt Plays the selected track song OK button Plays the selected track song SKIP button Plays the next track SKIP button Returns to the beginning of the current track when pressed during playback If pressed again your DVD recorder moves to and plays the previous track If you press the this button within three seconds after playback starts the previous track will be played If you press the this button after three seconds the current track will be replayed from the beginning Press the SEARCH button Fast Play X2 X4 X8 STOP button Stops a track song PLAY PAUSE button Plays a track song or pauses playback ANYKEY button Selects the sub menu on screen display Repeat or Play Option Playing an MP3 Disc MP3 1 Insert an MP3 Disc into the disc tray DVD Recorder Disc a owx MOVE OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Navigation and then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder ore Di 2 SOK RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Music then press the OK or button The MP3 menu appears and the tracks songs are played automatically 4 Press the AV buttons to select the track song you want to hear then press the OK or gt button MP3 Screen Elements
98. AV buttons to select Edit Playlist then press the OK or button 2 Press the AV buttons to select the title you want to edit from the Playlist then press the OK or b button The Edit Playlist menu is displayed Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete a Title Length Edit Science 00 00 17 Sky CC Dolphin 04 Natural Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete A RETURN M EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Edit Scene then press the OK button The Edit Scene screen is displayed Length Edit Science 00 00 17 O RETURN MD EXIT fa NG o1 00 00 26 02 0000 07 03 00 00 04 ae 04 00 00 08 05 00 00 17 06 00 00 04 A RETURN M EXIT Playing a Selected Scene Press the AV lt P gt buttons to select the scene you want to play then press the OK button The playlist entry to be played is selected DVD Recorder Mi gt lt a va GANODD 02 00 00 07 03 0000ME pr 05 00 00 11 06 0 00 04 RETURN Press the OK button The selected scene is played To stop scene play press the STOP button English 77 bunipa Editing Modifying a Scene Replacing a Scene To setup follow steps 1 to 3 in page 77 Press the AV lt gt buttons to select the scene you want to modify then press the OK button Playlist No 3 ri OT 00 00 26 02 00 00 07 03 000004 ae 04 00 00 09 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN I EXIT Press the A
99. Altyaz dilleri disk tipine ba l olarak al mayabilir Bu i lev sadece oynatma s ras nda kullan labilir DVD VIDEO RE MPEG4 Gi SUBTITLE d mesinin kullan lmas 1 Oynatma s ras nda SUBTITLE d mesine bas n 2 Arzu edilen altyaz dilini se mek i in SUBTITLE veya A V d melerine basin Ekran kald rmak i in CANCEL veya RETURN d mesine bas n ANYKEY d mesinin kullan m 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO ime 00 00 01 ie Oft 1o ENG oD 5 1CH at Off le 113 po i TET 2 Subtitle esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da arzu edilen altyaz dilini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine basin DVD VIDEO Tite 12 Chapter 1 28 Time 00 00 01 m ENG DOD 51CH Repeat Off Angie 1 3 ipa Zoom Off MOVE CHANGE KY a Altyaz ekran disk tipine ba l olarak farkl l k g sterebilir kal Altyaz lar ak yorsa TV nizdeki altyaz i levini devre d b rak n m Baz disklerde sadece disk men s n n dilini se ebilirsiniz 56 T rk e Ses dilinin se ilmesi Ses dilleri disk tipine ba l olarak al mayabilir Bu i lev sadece oynatma s ras nda kullan labilir DVD VIDEO RL MPEGS Gi AUDIO d mesinin kullan lmas 1 Oynatma s ras nda AUDIO d mesine bas n lt 4 Audio NENGDolbyDighalBiCH a FA Z g ga V r Arzu edilen ses dilini se mek i in AUDIO veya A V d
100. D R CD RW MP3 JPEG Bu DVD RW disklerine veri kaydetmek igin kullanilan MPEG4 DVD Video DVD RW DVD R Baska bir cihazda bir bi imdir Birden fazla film kaydedebilir d zen Video Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD R DVD RW diski leyebilir silebilir k smen silebilir alma listesi sadece sonland r ld ktan sonra oynat labilir olu turabilirsiniz vs e Baz ticari diskler ve b lgeniz d ndan sat n al nan Bu modda kaydedilen bir disk mevcut DVD Kaydedici DVD diskleri bu DVD Kaydedicide oynat lamayabilir ile oynat lamaz Bu diskler oynat ld nda ya No Disc ya da Disk oynat lamaz L tfen diskin b lge kodunu kontrol edin e DVD RW Video modu mesaj g r nt lenir Bu DVD RW veya DVD R disklerine veri kaydetmek e DVD RW diskiniz yasad bir kopyaysa veya DVD video i in kullan lan bir bi imdir Disk sonland r ld ktan sonra format nda de ilse de oynat lamayabilir mevcut DVD Kaydedici ile oynat labilir Disk farkl marka bir kaydedicide Video Modunda kaydedilmi fakat sonland r lmam sa bu DVD Disk U ulu Kaydedicide oynat lamaz ve ilave kay t yap lamaz isk Uyumlulugu e Yuksek Hizda Kayit diskleri bu Kaydedicide kullanilabilir e Tum disk markalari bu DVD Kaydediciyle uyumlu olmay KOPYALAMAYA KARSI KORUMA abilir e o u DVD diskleri kopyalamaya kar ifrelenmi tir Bu y zden DVD Kaydedicinizi sadece Televizyona do rudan ba lamal VCR cihaz na ba lamamal s n z
101. D R disc The disc can be played by existing DVD Recorder once it has been finalised If a disc that has been recorded in Video Mode by a different maker s recorder but has not been finalised it cannot be played or additionally be recorded by this DVD Recorder COPY PROTECTION e Many DVD discs are encoded with copy protection Because of this you should only connect your DVD recorder directly to your TV not to a VCR Connecting to a VCR results in a distorted picture from copy protected DVD discs This DVD Recorder incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by methods claims of certain U S patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorised by Macrovision Corporation is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorised by Macrovision Corporation Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited Protection This DVD Recorder can allow you to protect the Cc e ontents of your discs as described below Programme protected See page 71 Locking Protecting a Title Disc protected See page 83 Disc Protection DVD RW DVD R discs that are incompatible with the DVD VIDEO format cannot be played with this DVD Recorder For more information on DVD recording compatibility consult your DVD RW DVD R manufacturer k Use of poor quality DVD R
102. D Recorder Recording onto the disc may become impossible if optimizing is carried out too many times e Playback may be impossible in some cases due to the condition of recording e This DVD Recorder can play back DVD R discs recorded and finalised with a Samsung DVD video recorder It may not be able to play some DVD R discs depending on the disc and the condition of the recording DVD RW Disc Playback and Recording e Recording and playback can be performed on DVD RW discs in both the Video and VR Modes e Once a DVD RW recorded in both the Video and VR Modes is finalised you cannot perform addtional recording e Once a DVD RW recorded in Video Mode is finalised it becomes DVD Video e n both modes playback can be performed before and after finalisation but additional recording deleting and editing can not be performed after finalisation If you want to record the disc in VR Mode and then record in V Mode be sure to execute Format Be careful when executing Format because all the recorded data may be lost A DVD RW blank disc is initialized to VR Mode when first initialized DVD RW VR mode This is a format that is used for recording data on a DVD RW disc You can record multiple titles edit delete partial delete create a playlist etc A disc that is recorded in this mode may not be played by existing DVD Recorder DVD RW Video mode This is a format that is used for recording data on a DVD RW or DV
103. DMI giri jak olan bir televizyonda parlak bir g r nt verir HDMI ba lant tan m HDMI konekt r S k t r lmam video verileri ve dijital ses verileri LPCM veya Bit Stream verileri HDMI kablosu kullanmas na ra men DVD Kaydedici televizyona yaln zca tek bir temiz dijital sinyal g nderir Televizyon HDCP yi Y ksek Dalga Boylu Dijital erik Koruma desteklemiyorsa ekranda karl bir g r nt olur Samsung neden HDMI kullan yor Analog televizyonlar analog video ses sinyali gerektirir Ancak DVD oynat rken televizyona iletilen veriler dijitaldir Bu y zden dijital analog d n t r c DVD Kaydedicide veya analog dijital d n t r c televizyonda gerekir Bu d n t rme s ras nda g r lt ve sinyal kayb y z nden resim kalitesi d er HDMI st n bir teknolojidir D A d n t rmesi gerektirmedi i gibi DVD Kaydedici cihaz ndan televizyonunuza temiz dijital sinyal sa lar HDCP Nedir HDCP Y ksek Dalga Boylu Dijital erik Koruma HDMI arac l yla verilen DVD i eri ini kopyalamaya kar koruyan bir sistemdir Video kayna PC DVD vs ve g r nt leme cihaz TV projekt r vs aras nda g venli bir dijital ba lant sunar zinsiz kopyalamay nlemek zere i erik kaynak cihazda ifrelenmi tir AV3 IN DV giris jakina baglama Bu DVD Kaydedicinizi diger harici cihazlara baglamanizi ve k lar n g r nt le
104. EXIT 1 MENU D mesi MENU ekran n a mak i in uzaktan kumandadaki bu tu a bas n MENU ekran ndan kmak i in tekrar bas n AV lt gt D meleri Se me ubu u ile men se enekleri aras nda gezinmek i in AV lt gt uzaktan kumanda zerindeki bu d melere bas n Ekran Men s nde Gezinti 24 Fise Takma ve Otomatik Ayar 25 sig 5 y OK D mesi SaatinAyarlanmas 26 Herhangi bir yeni ayar onaylamak i in uzaktan kumanda a na zerindeki bu d meye basin Auto Setup isleviyle Kanallarin Onceden Ayarlanmas z a AN 27 Manual Setup isleviyle Kanallarin Onceden 4 RETURN Diigmesi p Ayarlanmas 28 G r nt lenen nceki MENU ekran na d nmek veya yi MENU ekran ndan kmak i in uzaktan kumandadaki bu Dil Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas 29 d meye bas n ERIModurZamanlAyan pa 30 Otomatik Alt B l m Olu turma 31 liz Kayaya Aa 32 Ses Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas 32 Video k Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas 34 Progressive Scan zelli inin Ayarlanmas esters sere 35 Progressive Scan zelli inin iptali 35 G r nt Video Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas KENA AA 36 DIVX R iKayit AA AA 37 Ebeveyn Kontrol n n Ayarlanmas 37 24 T rk e Fise Takma ve Otomatik Ayar DVD Kaydediciniz ilk kez fise takildiginda otomati
105. English Albanian Croatian Czech Hungarian Polish Romanian Serbian Latin Slovak and Slovenian Central Greek English and Greek English Azeri Belarusian Bulgarian Kazakh Macedonian Russian Serbian Tatar Ukrainian and Uzbek Cyrillic Press the AV buttons to select the desired language then press the OK or gt button DVD Recorder No Disc a Audio Subtitle Disc Menu On Screen Menu DivX Subtitle MOVE OK RETURN M EXIT KY Press the RETURN or 4 button to return t NOTE o the previous menu Press the MENU button to exit the menu m The selected language will only appear if it is supported on the disc m f the subtitle language is displayed in broken fonts change DivX Subtitle to the appropriate region If it still does not work the format is not supported English 29 dnjas wa sAs System Setup a Press the AV buttons to select EP Mode EP Mode Time Setting Time then press the OK or gt button DVD Recorder Chapter Creator BHoUrs You can select one of four recording modes by pressing Quick Recording Off gt the REC MODE button repeatedly EP mode is one of four REC Mode XP SP LP EP In EP Extended Play mode you can set recording time to 6 or 8 hours by this setting WOK ARETURN MEXT With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button Press the AV buttons to select the desired time then press the OK or gt button
106. IT Press the AV gt buttons to select your Country then press the OK button e The DVD Recorder searches for the stations according to a preset preference list corresponding to the country that you have selected Refer to following table when selecting your country A Austria NL Netherlands S Sweden 8BPL Poland B Belgium Italy CH Swiss CZ Czech DK Denmark o N Norway TR Turkey Others FIN Finland P Portugal GR Greece D Deutschland E Spain HU Hungary Press the OK button to continue If you want to exit press the MENU button DVD Recorder Auto Setup 5 gt Your data will be lost Press OK to continue MENU to exit lt gt MOVE SOK RETURN m EXIT Channel scan will be started Press the OK button to stop the Auto Setup English 27 dn 9 wa sAs System Setup Presetting Channels with the Manual Setup function You can add preset channel that Auto Channel Search missed And you can delete a channel you wish to remove You can programme the order of channels With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install Pas MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Install then press the OK or but
107. Instruction Manual DVD R135 a Ut O CHES ci i fe ciclo ej gt DE lona o G B gt 50035 OPEN CLOSE RECORDER jee DVD DVD dit VIDEO VIDEO DIGITAL AUDIO RW www samsung com engish Me AK68 01094N 00 Getting Started Warning TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE THE COVER OR BACK NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS ARE INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN This symbol indicates dangerous voltage inside the product that presents This symbol indicates important instructions accompanying the product A a risk of electric shock or personal injury Do not install this equipment in a confined space such as a bookcase or similar unit WARNING To prevent damage which may result in fire or electric shock hazard do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture CAUTION DVD RECORDER USES AN INVISIBLE LASER BEAM WHICH CAN CAUSE HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF DIRECTED BE SURE TO OPERATE RECORDER CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED CAUTION THIS PRODUCT UTILIZES A LASER USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL This product satisfies CE regulations when shielded cable
108. KEY d mesine NOT basarak kay tl bir program da oynatabilir siniz 04 APR 20 2006 1 Rename 05 APRI21 2006 1 Delete 06 APRI21 2006 E Protection DVD RW VR s6 D Time 00 00 08 OK RETURN EXIT on 54 audio ses 000 LAR f C3 repeat Ol pra gt cy ott MOVE CHANGE Rename Delete Edit Protection Bkz sayfa 70 73 Title esini se mek i in A V d melerine bas n B l m Listesini oynatacak Play esini se mek i in AV d melerine bas n daha sonra OK d mesine bas n Se ilen giri b l m oynat l r B l m listesini oynatmay se mek i in GG d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Diskin ge erli durumunu ve oynatman n ilerleyi ini rmek i in INFO d mesine bas n diskle ilgili bilg iler g r n r DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 6 Total Playlist 2 Recordable Time 00 28 SP Protection Not Protected Screen Playback JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 T rk e 67 euyeukg Oynatma Title List Ekran Ogeleri No Title Length Edit 01 APR 19 2006 12 00 00 00 21 Protection F5 APRIR1I2006 12 00 NAZ 05 APR 21 2006 12 00 00 06 32 Ha 23 06 APR 21 2006 12 30 00 08 16 MOVE OK A RETURN I EXIT 1 Kay tl giri ler i in oynatma ekran Se ilen giri i in bilgi penceresi B l m ad kay t tarihi kilit durumu kay t modu Kaydedilen giri No Kaydedilen giri b l m
109. MSON 72 73 75 SAMSUNG 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 THOMSON ASIA 80 81 AWA 8z TOSHIBA 47 48 49 50 51 52 ANAI 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 WEGA 57 BANG amp OLUFSEN 57 YOKO 06 BLAUPUNKT 71 ZENITH 63 BRANDT 73 BRIONVEGA 57 L F F CGE 5 Result If your television is compatible with the remote control it will switch off CONTINENTAL EDISON 75 It is now programmed to operate with the DAEWOO 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 remote control EMERSON 64 FERGUSON E KS f several codes are indicated for your FINLUX 06 49 57 N TE television brand try each one in turn until FORMENTI 57 you find one that works FUJITSU E f you replace the remote control s GRADIENTE 10 batteries you must set the brand code GRUNDIG 49 52 71 again HITACHI 60 72 73 75 IMPERIAL 52 NG 61 79 HE 3 6 06 19 20 21 22 78 Then you can control the television using the following buttons after the TV button LOEWE 06 69 LOEWE OPTA 06 57 Button Function IAGNAVOX 40 STANDBY ON Used to switch the television on and off ETZ 57 INPUT SEL Used to select an external source ITSUBISHI 06 48 62 65 VOL or Used to adjust the volume of the television IVAR 52 77 PROG Aorv Used to select the desired channel EC 83 TV MUTE Used to toggle the sound on and off EWSA 68 0 9 Used to input number directly OBLEX 66 OKIA 74 ORDMENDE 72 73 75 Ky The various functions will not necessarily paso SLATE aa PHILIPS 06 55 56 57
110. N AY lt gt Buttons TITLE LIST DISC MENU Button Use this to enter the View Recording list Disc menu 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 MARKER TIMER Button 25 26 27 28 29 ANYKEY Button Use this to view the status of the disc that is being played REC Button Use to make a recording on DVD RW R discs REC MODE Button This will display the recording status XP SP LP EP REPEAT Button Allows you to repeat a title chapter track or disc OPEN CLOSE Button To open and close the disc tray SUBTITLE Button Press this to switch the DVD s subtitle language PLAY PAUSE Button Press to play a disc or pause playback recording PROG Buttons Select preset channels in a specific order Same as PROG buttons in front panel RETURN Button Returns to a previous menu PLAY LIST TITLE MENU Button Use this to return to the Title menu or to view the recorded files list CANCEL Button Use this to bookmark a position while playing a disc Press to directly enter the Timer Recording Mode menu while stopping a disc INFO Button This will display current settings or disc status TV Button Press this to operate TV DVD Button Press this when you use a DVD recorder INPUT SEL Button Select line input signal in external input mode PROG AV input or DV INPUT ZOOM Button Press this to enlarge the screen English 15 poye s bumaa Connecting 8 Setting Up
111. O OK N RETURN EH Album ekran na d ner DVD Kaydedici slide show moduna girer Slayt g sterisi ba lamadan nce resim aral Slayt g sterisi h z ayarlanmal d r OK d mesine her bas ld nda resim saat y n nde 90 derece d ner a OK d mesine her bas ld nda resim 4X Normal boyutunun d rt kat kadar b y r Normal Zoom X2 Zoom X4 gt Zoom X2 gt Normal e Men ubu unu g r nt lemek i in ANYKEY d mesine bas n e Men ubu unu temizlemek i in RETURN d mesine bas n MPEG4 oynatma MPEG4 dosyas nda ses ve g r nt verileri bulunur A a daki uzant lara sahip MPEG4 dosyalar oynatilabilir AVI DIVX avi divx MPEGS 1 Disk tepsisine bir MPEG4 Diski yerlestirin DVD Recorder MOVE 0K 9 RETURN EXIT Disc Navigation esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder OK A RETURN m EXIT DivX esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n 01 02 SOK O RETURN EXIT 4 avi dosyas n DivX se mek i in A Y d melerine sonra da OK gt veya PLAY d mesine bas n MPEG4 dosyas oynat l rken a a daki talimatlar izleyebilirsiniz Oynatma s ras nda STOP d mesine bas l rsa dosya listesi g r n r d meye tekrar bas ld nda da men ekran ndan kar T rk e 65 euyeulg Oynatma M
112. OK O RETURN EXIT Video esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Video ayar men s g r n r DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide gt 3D Noise Reduction Off Video Output Component HDMUDVI Resolution 576p DivX R Registration gt pad MOVE SOK N RETURN T EXIT 34 T rk e Video Output esini se mek i in A Y d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide gt 3D Noise Reduction Off gt Video Outpt HDMVDVI Resolution RGS DivX R Registration Pad MOVE OK N RETURN M EXIT DVD Kaydedici televizyona Komponent jak component ile ba lanm sa bunu se in DVD Kaydedici televizyona SCART kablosu RGB F p i ile ba lanm sa bunu se in stedi iniz eyi se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya d mesine bas n Component modunda video k n Progressive P SCAN veya Interlace olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz bkz sayfa 35 HDMI kablosu ba l de ilse uygun video k jaklar yledir Kullan labilen Video k Jaklar Ayar modu Component modu k jak P SCAN kapal Interlace modu P SCAN a k Component Output 0 Y PB PR TV progressive modunda R G B X Composite AV1 Scart X Composite Video out X X S Video out KY HDMI kablosu ba l ysa di
113. ONEER 58 59 73 74 RADIOLA 06 56 RADIOMARELLI 57 RCA 45 46 REX 74 SABA 57 72 73 74 75 SALORA 74 SANYO 41 42 43 44 48 SCHNEIDER 06 12 Turkce Tanim On Panel SAMSUNG 1 STANDBY ON 7 DISPLAY DVD Kaydediciyi agar ve kapatir Oynatma durumunu boliim alt bolum saat vs 2 AV3 IN gosterir Harici cihazlari baglayabilirsiniz 8 PROG AV 3 DVIN nceden ayarl televizyon kanallar n se er DV jak yla harici dijital cihazlar n ba lanmas n Uzaktan kumandadaki PROG d mesiyle ayn d r sa lar video kamera gibi 9 REC 4 D SK TEPS S Kaydetmeye ba lar Diski almak i in a l r 10 STOP 5 P SCAN Diski oynatmay durdurur 11 PLAY PAUSE Bir diski oynat r veya oynatmay kayd duraklatir 12 SEARCH SKIP Sonraki veya nceki b l m alt b l m par aya gider Progressive scan modunu se er 6 OPEN CLOSE Disk tepsisini a ar ve kapat r n Panel G stergesi 1 Disk tak ld nda yanar 4 DVD R RW disk tak ld nda yanar 2 Kay t modunda yanar 5 Oynatma s resi saat ge erli durum g stergesi 3 Zamanlay c ile kay t modunu belirtmek i in yanar 6 Progressive scan modunda yanar T rk e 13 uoylejseg Baslarken Arka Panel VHF UHF 1 Anten ba lant s giri i 8 AUDIO OUT 2 TV ba lant s k Ses kablolar yla harici cihaz n
114. PEG4 lev Tan m lev Tan m Atla Oynatma s ras nda SKIP veya d mesine veya G bas n g r nt 5 dakika ileri veya geri gider Ara Oynatma s ras nda SEARCH veya e a Gao Fast 1 Fast 2 Fast 3 d mesine basin daha h zl arama i in tekrar basin Yava ekim Pause ve step modunda uzaktan kumanda zerindeki Oynatma SEARCH d mesine basin Slow 1 Slow 2 Slow 3 Ad m Ad m Oynatma veya duraklatma s ras nda uzaktan Oynatma kumanda zerindeki STEP d mesine bas n KO Bu DVD Kaydedici a a daki video NOT s k t rma bi imlerini oynatabilir MPEG4 Codec bi imi DivX 3 11 DivX 4 x DivX 5 x DivX Pro Xvid Hareket Dengeleme OPEL GMC Ses bi imi MP3 MPEG1 Audio Layer2 LPCM AC3 DTS MS ADPCM Desteklenen altyaz dosya bi imleri smi srt sub psb txt ass Altyaz dosyas karsilik gelen MPEG4 dosya adiyla tama men ayni ada sahip olmalidir Ki isel bir bilgisayarda olu turulan baz MPEG4 dosyalar oynat lamayabilir Bu y zden spesifikasyonun zerindeki Codec Tipi S r m ve Daha Y ksek z n rl k zellikleri desteklenmez 66 T rk e B l m Listesinin G r nt lenmesi Title List esinden bir sahne oynatmak i in a a daki talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW DVD R ii TITLE LIST d mesinin kullan lmas TITLE LIST d
115. RN EXIT e Bu islev b l m listesini yeniden adland rmadaki Rename i leviyle ayn d r Bkz Sayfa 70 e Girilebilen maksimum karakter say s 31 dir INFO d mesine basarak 31 karakterin tamam g r nt lenebilir Save esini se mek i in AV lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Diske bir disk ad verilir DVD Recorder Disc Protection Not Protected o Disc Manager Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists SOK N RETURN m EXIT KS D zenlemeye ba lamadan nce disk NOT korumas n kald rman z gerekebilir Disk t r ne ba l olarak g sterilen ekran farkl olabilir Disk Koruma Disk Koruma ile disklerinizi yanl l kla bi imlendir ilmeden veya silinmekten koruyabilirsiniz DVD RW J DVD R DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU dugmesine basin DVD Recorder TH Title List Title List lt gt MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT Disc Manager esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin DVD Recorder Disc Protection Not Protected eri Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT Disc Protection esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name gt Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format Protected Disc Finalise gt Delete All Title Lists gt OK RETURN m EXIT Pr
116. RN EXIT in VR mode Finalise Unfinalise Mark DVD RW VR F DVD RW VR Additional recording deletion editing and protection are possible 2 Press the AV buttons to select Disc Manager then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR F Disc Format DVD VR Additional recording Operation deletion editing and protection are impossible gt lt gt MOVE SOK MD RETURN Exit 3 Press the AV button to select Disc Unfinalise then press the OK or button You will be prompted with the message Do you want to unfinalise disc DVD Recorder DVD RW VR F Disc Name Disc gt gt Do you want to unfinalise disc gt s kK m SOK A RETURN m EXIT If you select Yes you will be prompted again with the message Disc will be unfinalised Do you want to continue DVD Recorder DVD RW VR F Disc Name Disc Editing gt 5 SOK A RETURN MD EXIT 86 English Additional information Troubleshooting e erste sete sree Specifications Troubleshooting If your DVD Recorder malfunctions go through the checkpoints below before contacting a Samsung autho rised service centre Power The input is displayed for a while when the power is turned on The DVD recorder requires some time to initialize and the input will be displayed for approx 10 seconds after it is turned on Recording Cannot
117. Recording the current TV programme additional recording can be done VOU ETO WEENING zarana 42 m Unfinalise Recording from external equipment This allows additional recording on a youjarewaiching aaa 44 DVD RW disc originally recorded on the DVD Recorder A DVD RW disc that has been recorded Making a One Touch Recording OTR 45 by DAO Disc At Once in a PC cannot be unfinalised MakingaTimerRecording 46 ADVD RW disc that has been recorded in Video Mode of a different maker s recorder cannot be unfinalised CopyingfromaCamcorder 44 Flexible Recording for Timerrecordingonly 47 A DVD R disc cannot be unfinalised Editing the Scheduled Record List 48 Deleting the Scheduled Record List 48 Recording the Standard Timer List 49 40 English Recording Formats Since available functions differ depending on the disc type select a disc that best fits your preferences When you insert an unused disc the following message appears DVD RW When a blank disc is first inserted the message Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc will appear When Yes is selected the disc will be formatted in VR Mode Uninitialized Disc Do you want to initialize this disc If you want to format in either VR Mode or Video Mode refer to Formatting a Disc on pages 83 84
118. Selecting the Subtitle Selecting the Audio language Subtitle languages may not work depending on the disc lali 5 4 Audio languages may not work depending on the disc type This is only available during playback type This is only available during playback BUSTY MPEG4 Ao MPEG4 Gi Using the SUBTITLE button i Using the AUDIO button 1 Press the SUBTITLE button during 1 Press the AUDIO button during playback playback O Subtitle lt 4 Audio JENG Dolby EE 2 Press the SUBTITLE or AY buttons to uuu oan a select the desired subtitle language Press the AUDIO or AY buttons to select To make the screen disappear press the CANCEL the desired audio language or RETURN button Wi Using the ANYKEY button Gi Using the ANYKEY button Press the ANYKEY button during Press the ANYKEY button during 1 playback playback DVD VIDEO Core pd jo ENG DOD 51CH mt Off TEY ie Ott jo ENG D0 DS CH al Off ngla 13 Press the AV buttons to select Subtitle then press the lt 4 gt buttons to select the Press the AV buttons to select Audio then desired subtitle language press the lt P buttons to select the desired audio language z CUNG Ky The subtitle display may be different a NOTE depending on the disc type m f the subtitles overlap disable the caption KY eu nr function on your TV NOTE Some discs allow you to select the Some discs allow you to select the audio lan
119. T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Video then press the OK or button Video setup menu will be displayed DVD Recorder No Disc a TV Aspect 16 9 Wide gt 3D Noise Reduction Off Video Output Component HDMI DVI Resolution 576p DivX R Registration gt MOVE SOK N RETURN T EXIT 34 English 4 Press the AV buttons to select Video Output then press the OK or button DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide gt 3D Noise Reduction Off gt eco Out HDMI DVI Resolution AGE DivX R Registration gt MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT c t Select this when the DVD Recorder is omponent connected to a TV with Component jack RGB Select this when the DVD Recorder is connected to your TV using SCART cable Press the AV buttons to select the desired item then press the OK or B button In Component mode you can set video output to Progressive P SCAN or Interlace see page 35 When the HDMI cable is not connected available video output jacks are as follow Available Video Output Jack Component mode Output jack P SCAN off mode Interlace mode PSCAN on mode Component Output 0 Y PB PR TV in progressive mode R G B X AVN Scat Composite X Composite Video out X S Video out X KY When the HDMI cable is connected other NOTE A V output does not operate Setting up the Progressive scan If the TV supports Progressive Scan press the P
120. V buttons to select Modify then press the OK button The Modify Scene screen is displayed DVD Recorder But ene change MOVE SOK A RETURN Exit Press the OK button at the start point of the scene 00 00 25 Start Change Cancel OK A RETURN M EXIT e The image and starting point time are displayed on the Start window e Select the starting or ending point of the section you want to modify using the playback related buttons 0 0 0 0 0 78 English Press the OK button at the end point of the scene DVD Recorder Kon OK N RETURN W EXIT e The image and ending point time are displayed in the End window Press the 43 buttons to select Change then press the OK button DVD Recorder O DVD RW VR Up k i 104 00 00 03 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 SOK RETURN e The scene you want to modify is changed with the selected section Moving a Scene Changing the Position of a Scene To setup follow steps 1 to 3 in page 77 Press the AV lt P buttons to select the scene you want to move change the position then press the OK button DVD Recorder Playlist No 3 04 00 00 03 0500 05 06 00 00 04 SOK A RETURN Press the AV buttons to select Move then press the OK button DVD Recorder Scene No Playlist No 3 04 00 00 03 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 O0K A RETURN M EXIT e Ayellow selection window is displayed on the scene to be moved Press
121. VD Kaydedici a ld nda ve disk tepsisinde bir disk oldu unda DVD Kaydedici etkinle ir ve durdurma durumunda bekler e Oynatmay ba latmak i in PLAY d mesine bas n e DVD Kaydedicisinin i inde bir disk ile Kapal durumdayken otomatik olarak oynatmasini istiyorsan z PLAY d mesiyle g c agin Oynatmay durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n KY m Diski oynatmay durdurdu unuzda DVD Kaydedici nerede durdurdu unuzu hat rlar PLAY d mesine tekrar bast n zda durdurdu unuz yerden oynatmaya devam eder disk kar lmad veya DVD Kaydedicinin fi i ekilmedi i s rece veya STOP d mesine iki defa bast n zda Bu i lev yaln zca DVD VIDEO DVD RW DVD R veya ses CD leri CD DA i in ge erlidir m Diske zarar verebilece inden DVD Kaydedicinizi oynatma s ras nda hareket ettirmeyin m Disk tepsisini a mak veya kapamak i in OPEN CLOSE d mesine bast n zdan emin olun DVD Kaydedicinin bozulmas na neden olabilece inden disk tepsisi a l rken veya kapan rken itmeyin m Disk tepsisinin zerine veya i ine yabanc maddeler yerle tirmeyin m Disk tipine ba l olarak baz i levler farkl al abilir veya devre d kalabilir B yle bir durumda disk kab n n zerindeki talimatlara bak n m Disk tepsisi kapan rken ocuklar n parmaklar n n disk tepsisiyle tepsi er evesi aras nda s k mamas na zellikle dikkat edin Her s
122. VIDEO OUT 4 AV1 TV OUTPUT SCART Connector Connects the input of external equipment using a 5 HDMI OUT Video cable Connects the input of external equipment using a 10 S VIDEO OUT HDMI HDMI cable or HDMI DVI cable Connects the input of external equipment using an 6 DIGITAL AUDIO OUT OPTICAL S Video cable Connects to an amplifier having a digital optical 11 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT audio input jack Connects to equipment having Component video 7 DIGITAL AUDIO OUT COAXIAL output Connects to an amplifier having a digital coaxial audio input jack Ky The Antenna connection does not pass NOTE output signal of DVD To watch a DVD on your TV you must connect audio video cables 14 English Tour of the Remote Control PINA a 10 11 12 SELECT k ZOOM INPUT SEL TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISCMENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU REC RECMODE INFO 1 s o 15 STANDBY ON Button 0 9 Number Buttons TV DVD Button Reverse Forward Skip Buttons Press to skip a disc backwards or forwards Reverse Forward Step Buttons Press to play frame by frame Reverse Forward Search Buttons Press to search a disc backwards or forwards STOP Button Press to stop a disc VOL Buttons Volume adjustments AUDIO TV MUTE Button Use this to access various audio functions on a disc DVD mode This operates as Sound Mute TV mode MENU Button Brings up the DVD recorder s setup menu OK DIRECTIO
123. W DVD R discs may cause following unexpected problems including without limitation recording failure loss of recorded or edited materials or damage to the DVD Recorder Do not use the following discs LD CD G CD I Video CD CD ROM and DVD ROM discs should not be used in this DVD Recorder Note Disc types that can be played CD CD R CD RW MP3 JPEG MPEG4 DVD Video DVD RW DVD R For a DVD R DVD RW disc which has been recorded in Video Mode on another component it can play only when finalised Some commercial discs and DVD discs purchased outside your region may not be playable with this DVD Recorder When these discs are played either No Disc or The disc cannot be played Please check the regional code of the disc will be displayed If your DVD RW disc is an illegal copy or is not in DVD video format it may also not be playable Disc Compatibility High Speed Recording discs can be used in this DVD Recorder Not all brands of discs will be compatible with this DVD Recorder English 5 payers bumaa Getting Started Contents Getting Started CU AA 2 PrecautioN uu naananannawaanawa anna anawanunwananaananaasanaananaana 3 ImportantSafetyInstructions 3 Handling Cautions irriaren iesaista 3 Maintenance ofCabinet 3 DISC Handling Beceri asama aleni ie 3 DISC S A AA 4 Dise SpecificatonS siemens sarsarak 4 General Feat
124. W ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu bir i levin al mad veya ayarlar n iptal edilebilece i bir durumu i erir Bu her i levin al mas yla ilgili NOT olarak o sayfada yer alan ipucu veya talimatlar i erir MPEG4 Dikkat Tek Tu d mesi Sadece tek d me kullan larak al t r labilen bir i levi belirtir ANYKEY d mesi ANYKEY d mesi kullan larak al t r labilen bir i levi belirtir gt 5 Mm lt Ka 2 HO HO HO Hel Hel He mi 5 9 dan Ko Ko Og Ed 2 Bu k lavuzun kullan m hakk nda 1 Bu DVD Kaydediciyi kullanmadan nce G venlik Talimatlar na a ina oldu unuzdan emin olun Bkz sayfa 2 5 2 Sorun karsa Sorun Giderme b l m ne bak n Bkz sayfa 87 90 Telif hakk 2006 Samsung Electronics Co T m haklar sakl d r Bu kullan m k lavuzunun hi bir b l m ya da tamam Samsung Electronics Co nun nceden yaz l izni olmadan o alt lamaz ve kopyala namaz DVD Kaydedicinin Kullan lmas 1 Ad m Disk tipini se in Bu DVD Kaydedici a a daki disk tiplerine kay t yapa bilmektedir Ayn diske tekrar kay t yapmak veya kay ttan sonra diski d zenlemek isterseniz yeniden yaz labilen tipteki DVD RW disklerini kullan n De i iklik yapmadan kayd n z saklamak isterseniz yeniden yaz lamayan DVD R diski kullanabilirsiniz E CLG 2 Ad m Kayda
125. XIT DVD RW e You will be prompted with the confirmation message Choose the recording format for DVD RW DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name gt s Choose the recording format for DVD RW 7 gt 5 SOK RETURN m EXIT English 83 bunipa Editing Press the 43 buttons to select desired Press the AV buttons to select Disc mode then press the OK button Manager then press the OK or P button e You will be prompted again with the message All data will be deleted Do you want to O DVD RW VR continue a amp Disc Protection Not Protected oa Disc Finalise 2 G Delete All Title Lists DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name a All data will be deleted Do you want to continue MOVE OK N RETURN T EXIT t lilik eee a Press the AV button to select Delete All Title Lists then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Press the 4 gt buttons to select Yes then SHEE press the OK button Diss Nama The disc is formatted Disc Protection Not Protected Cp Disc anager Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise DVD VR DVD V DISC DVD RW DVD RW MOVE OK RETURN EXIT DVD R e You will be prompted with the confirmation ila kata DVD VR and DVD V are defined according to message Do you want to delete all title lists their recording format a Kc Er DVD RW VR Disc Name p a no Delete All Title Lists
126. ack Ft Marker Press the OK button when the desired scene appears The number 01 is displayed and the scene is memorized 4v MOVE PLAY CLEAR A RETURN Press the lt gt button to move to the next position Press the OK button when the desired scene appears The number 02 is displayed and the scene is memorized fh Marker QV 3 lt gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 2 RETURN e DVD RW VR Mode discs have the Marker function instead of the Bookmark function The Marker function allows you to mark up to 99 scenes Since the scenes may be displayed as many different pages numbering is necessary If a disc in use is encoded with Disc Protection Markers cannot be set or deleted Only playback is available Playing back a Marker Press the MARKER button during playback Press the 4 gt buttons to select a bookmarked scene rh Marker SVA A lt gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR RETURN Press the OK or PLAY button to start playing from the selected scene e f you press the SKIP 3 button it moves to the beginning of the marker Pressing the button once again within 3 seconds returns to the beginning of the previous marker e If you press the SKIP button it moves to the next marker Clearing a Marker Press the MARKER button during playback Press the lt gt buttons to select a bookmarked scene Press the CANCEL button to delete the selected bookmark rh Marker
127. ama Video Kameran z IEEE1394 DV arabirimini kullanarak kontrol edebilirsiniz DVD RW DVD R Ba lamadan nce Diskte kay t i in yeterli alan olup olmad n kontrol edin Kay t modunu ayarlay n 1 OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n ve disk tepsisine kaydedilebilir bir disk yerle tirin Disk tepsisini kapatmak i in OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n n panel ekran nda LOAD mesaj kaybolana kadar bekleyin Kullan lmam bir DVD RW kullan l yorsa nce diski ba lat p ba latmayaca n z sorulur Bkz sayfa 41 3 Kaydetme h z n kalitesini se mek i in REC MODE d mesine st ste bas n veya REC MODE d mesine sonra da A V d mesine bas n E SP LP EP XP Record Mode EP 02 12 8 NN 4 DV esini se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesine bas n Giri DV esine ayarl ysa ekran n st k sm nda video kameran n kontrol edilmesini sa layan bir oynatma kay t men s g r n r SOD DID levice is connected MOVE SOK RETURN 5 Video kameray oynatmak ve kopyala nacak ba lang noktas n bulmak i in lt gt d melerini kullanarak ekran n st k sm ndaki oynatma simgesini se in ve OK d mesine bas n 6 Kayd ba latmak i in lt gt d melerini kul lanarak ekran n st k sm ndaki kaydetme simgesini se in ve OK d mesine bas n Kayd ba latmak i in uzaktan kumanda zerindeki REC d mesini de kullanabilirsi
128. amp OLUFSEN 57 YOKO 06 BLAUPUNKT 71 ZENITH 63 BRANDT 73 BRIONVEGA 57 CGE 52 Sonu n ana uzaktan kumanda ile uyumluysa CONTINENTAL EDISON 75 akan kumanda ile al mak zere DAEWOO 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 programlanmistir EMERSON 64 FERGUSON PB KI m Televizyon markan z i in birden fazla kod FINLUX 06 49 57 verilmi se hangisinin ge erli oldu unu FORMENT 57 NGI bulabilmek i in her birini s ras yla deneyin FUJITSU 84 a Uzaktan kumandan n pillerini GRADIENTE 70 de i tirdi inizde markan n kodunu tekrar GRUNDIG 49 52 71 ayarlamaniz gerekir HITACHI 60 72 73 75 IMPERIAL 52 IG 61 79 Televizyonunuza TV d mesine bast ktan LG 06 19 20 21 22 78 sonra a a daki d meleri kullanarak kuman LOEWE 06 69 da edebilirsiniz LOEWE OPTA 06 57 D me lev MAGNAVOX 40 STANDBY ON Televizyonu a mak ve kapatmak i in kullan l r ETZ 57 INPUT SEL Harici bir cihaz se mek i in kullan l r ITSUBISHI 06 48 62 65 VOL veya Televizyonun ses seviyesini ayarlamak igin kullanilir IVAR 52 77 PROG Aveyav Istedi iniz kanal se mek i in kullan l r EC 83 TV MUTE Sesi a mak ve kapatmak i in kullan l r EWSA 68 0 9 Rakami dogrudan girmek igin kullanilir OBLEX 66 OKIA 74 ORDMENDE 72 73 75 PANASONIC 53 54 74 75 KY m Baz i levler her televizyonda al mayabilir PHILIPS 06 55 56 57 NOT Sorun yasarsaniz televizyonunuzu ayrica PHONOLA 06 56 57 kumanda edin PI
129. arity of the batteries Dry Cell e Check if the batteries are drained e Check if remote sensor is blocked by obstacles e Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby Dispose of batteries according to local environmental regulations Do not put them in the household trash Setting the Remote Control You can control certain functions of another manufacturer s TV with this remote control Control function buttons involve STANDBY ON PROG A V VOL Direct Number buttons TV MUTE INPUT SEL button a SELECT umm ZOOM INPUT SEL CV ewe MM STANDBY ON OPENGLOSE REPEAT PLAY LIST DEE MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU NAK o REC RECMODE INFO TIMER SAMSUNG English 11 pavers umag Getting Started To determine whether your television is BRAND BUTTON compatible follow the instructions below SELECO 74 1 Switch your television on 2 Point HA remote control towards the television SHAN Baa 3 Press and hold the STANDBY ON button and enter SIEMENS 7i the two figure code corresponding to the brand of SINGER 57 your television by pressing the appropriate number SINUDYNE 57 buttons SONY 35 48 Controllable TV Codes JELENA B TELEFUNKEN 67 73 75 76 BRAND BUTTON THO
130. at DVD VR Disc Finalise gt Delete All Title Lists SOK A RETURN m EXIT The Edit Name screen is displayed 82 English DVD Recorder CI Back Space O Space C Delete Clear lt MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT Enter the desired characters using the AV lt gt buttons DVD Recorder E Back Space C Space Delete Clear OK A RETURN M EXIT e This function is the same as the Rename function in renaming the title list See page 70 e The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 31 All 31 characters can be displayed by pressing the INFO button Press the AV lt P buttons to select Save then press the OK button A disc name is given to the disc DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name Disc gt Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR gt Disc Finalise gt Delete All Title Lists 4014 A RETURN IM EXIT KY You may need to clear disc protect before beginning editing Depending on the kind of disc the displayed screen may be different Disc Protection Disc Protection allows you to protect your discs from being formatted or deleted due to unintended operations DVD R DVD RW With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR 4 Title List Title List gt MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Disc Manager then press the OK or b
131. ayfa 34 37 Disk zerinde hasar veya herhangi bir yabanc madde olup olmad n kontrol edin Baz d k kaliteli diskler d zg n al mayabilir Sahneler aniden karanl ktan ayd nl a d n yorsa ekran ge ici bir s re dikey olarak titreyebilir ancak bu bir ar za de ildir Ses Ses yok Yava veya atlama modunda bir pro gram m izliyorsunuz Normal veya fast 1 h z ndan ba ka bir h zda program izliyorsan z ses duyulmaz Ba lant lar ve ayarlar kontrol edin Bkz sayfa 20 21 32 33 Diskte hasar olup olmad n kontrol edin Gerekiyorsa diski temizleyin Diskin etiketi yukar gelecek ekilde do ru olarak yerle tirilip yerle tirilmedi ini kontrol edin Ses k yok Audio Output Options men s ndeki Vv do ru dijital k se eneklerini se ip se medi inizi kontrol edin Bkz sayfa 33 Zamanlay c ile Kay t Zamanlay c lambas yan p s n yor Denetim noktas 1 Denetim noktas 2 Vv Diskte kay t i in yeterince alan olup olmad n kontrol edin Ge erli diskin kaydedilebilir olup olmad n kontrol edin Kayd n ba lama zaman ndan nce kontrol etti inizden emin olun Zamanlay c ile kay t d zg n al m yor Vv Kayit zamani ve bitis zamani ayarlarini tekrar kontrol edin Kayit sirasinda herhangi bir nedenden dolay g kesintiye u ram sa kay t iptal edilir HDMI HDMI k yok
132. ba lamak i in diski bi imlendirin Kullan lmam bir disk tak ld nda DVD Kaydedici VCR cihaz n n aksine otomatik olarak bigimlendirm eye ba lar Bu diskin kay t haz rl i in gereklidir DVD RW Kullan lmas Bu t r diskler DVD Video bi iminde Video modu veya DVD Video Kay t bi iminde VR modu bi im lendirilebilir Kullan lm disklerde VR modunda bi imlendirme yap p yapmayaca n z soran bir mesaj g r nt lenir Video modundaki bir diski e itli DVD cihazlar nda oynatabilirsiniz VR modlu disk daha e itli d zen leme imkan sunar DVD R Kullanma Diskin bigimlendirilmesi gerekmez ve sadece Video Modunda Kay t desteklenir Bu tipteki diskleri ancak sonland rd ktan sonra e itli DVD cihazlar nda oynat abilirsiniz Y a DVD RW diskinde yaln z VR veya Video modunu kullanabilirsiniz ikisini ayn anda kullanamazs n z NOT a DVD RW format n yeniden ba latarak ba ka bir formata de i tirebilirsiniz Format de i tirilirken diskteki verilerin kaybolaca n unutmay n T rk e 9 uoylej seg Baslarken 3 Ad m Kay ki farkl kay t y ntemi vard r Do rudan Kay t ve Zamanlay c ile Kay t Zamanlay c ile kay t Tarihe g re s n fland r l r Once Daily MO SA MO FR W SA vs Kay t modu XP y ksek kalite modu SP standart kalite modu LP uzun kay t modu ve EP uzat lm mod Kay t FR moduna ayarland nda dis
133. ce while recording Recording will stop automatically if there is no free space left for recording m Up to 99 titles can be recorded onto a disc Recording will stop automatically if a copy protected image is selected DVD RW discs must be formatted before starting to record Most new discs are sold unformatted Do not use DVD R authoring discs with this DVD Recorder m f you connect a camcorder using DV jack the related contol menu appears automatically To access on the screen controls during recording press lt or gt button Making a One Touch Recording OTR DVD RW Bl DVD R You can set the DVD Recorder to record in preset increments by pressing the REC button repeatedly 1 If you want to record a TV channel press the PROG or number buttons to select a desired channel If you want to record through a connected external component press the INPUT SEL button to select an appropriate external input AV1 AV2 AV3 or DV e TV PROGRAMME 1 to 99 2 Press the REC button to start recording Press the REC button repeatedly to adjust the desired recording time 0 30 gt 1 00 gt 4 00 gt 5 00 gt 9 00 normal KY m The timer counter decreases by the minute from 9 00 to 0 00 then the DVD NOTE s Recorder stops recording and is powered off English 45 bBuipiooay Recording To view the current status of the disc and progress of recording Press the INFO button and
134. ct 3D Noise Reduction Off gt 16 9 Wide gt Video Output Component som Fn DivX R Registration 2208 10801 MOVE SOK N RETURN W EXIT 576p 720 x 576 720p 1280 x 720 1080i 1920 x 1080 Output Selection e Connect the DVD Recorder to your TV via HDMI or DVI cable And set your TV s input to HDMI e Press the P SCAN button while the unit is in Stop mode to select the HDMI output resolution as follows 5576p gt 720p gt 1080i KY m Progressive scan automatically activates when HDMI is connected NOTE There will be no HDMI video and audio outputs unless progressive scan function is activated Consult your TV User s Manual to find out if your TV supports Progressive Scan If Progressive Scan is supported follow the TV User s Manual regarding Progressive Scan settings in the TV s menu system f Video Output is set incorrectly the screen may be blocked The resolutions available for HDMI DVI output depend on the connected TV or projector For details see the user s manual of your TV or projector When the resolution is changed it may take a few seconds for a normal image to appear f you set the HDMI output resolution 720p or 1080i HDMI output provides better picture quality DivX playback screen output can only be done in 576p DivX R Registration Please use the Registration code to register this DVD Recorder with the DivX R Vide
135. d meye saniye sonra basarsan z ge erli ark en ba tan yeniden alar 6 SEARCH d mesine bas n H zl alma X2 X4 X8 7 STOP d mesi Par ay ark durdurur 8 PLAY PAUSE d mesi Par ay ark alar veya almay duraklat r 9 ANYKEY d mesi Ekran g stergesindeki alt men y se er Repeat veya Play option GO BEM MP3 Diski Calma MP3 Ekran Ogeleri MP3 1 Disk tepsisine bir MP3 Diski yerlestirin DVD Recorder CZ PLAY MODE MOVE OK RETURN MEXIT MOVE OK RETURN MEXT 1 Play modu simgesi 2 Ge erli par a ark 3 Ge erli par a ark bilgilerini g sterir RAE ee KU 4 Bir diskin al ma durumu ve o anda al nan k sma Disc Navigation esini se mek i in kar l k gelen alma s resini g sterir AY d melerine sonra da OK veya gt 5 Klas r ve i indeki par alar hakk ndaki bilgileri d mesine bas n g sterir 6 D me g stergesi DVD Recorder SOK N RETURN MD EXIT Music esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n CD PLAY MODE lt MOVE OK RETURN MEXT MP3 men s g r n r ve par alar ark lar otomatik olarak alar Dinlemek istedi iniz par ay ark se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n T rk e 61 euyeukg Oynatma MP3 oynatmada kullan lan Uzaktan Kumanda d meleri N a
136. d length EP 6Hr or 8Hr mode yields the most recording time LP amp SP modes provide less recording time with higher quality recording XP mode gives you the highest quality recording Automated Quality Adjustment for Timer Recording If FR mode is selected the video quality is adjusted automatically so that all video for the scheduled time can be recorded onto the free disc space See page 47 Creating a DVD video title using DVD RW DVD R disc With the DVD Recorder you can create your own DVD Video titles on 4 7 GB DVD RW DVD R discs Copying data from a digital camcorder using a DV input jack Record DV Device video onto DVD RW DVD R discs using the DV input jack IEEE 1394 4pin 4pin See pages 44 45 8 English High quality progressive scan Progressive scanning provides high resolution and flicker free video The 10 bit 54 MHz DAC and 2D Y C Separating Circuitry provides the highest image playback and recording quality See pages 20 35 A variety of functions with an easy to use user interface The integrated menu system and the messaging function allow you to perform desired operations both easily and conveniently With a DVD RW disc you can edit recorded video create a playlist edit video in a specific sequence according to your requirements MPEG4 playback This DVD Recorder can play MPEG4 formats within an avi file DivX Certification DivX DivX Certified and associated logos are tradema
137. da g r nt lenir ard ndan kay t diskleri bi imlendirilmelidir ba lar Yeni disklerin o u bi imlendirilmemi n panelde REC simgesi O g r n r olarak sat lmaktad r Bu DVD Kaydedicide DVD R yazma a yy disklerini kullanmay n Diskin ge erli durumunu ve kayd n ilerleyi ini g rmek i in INFO d mesine bas n diskle ilgili bilgiler g r necektir DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 16 Total Playlist 1 Recordable Time 02 12 SP Protection Not Protected Screen PR 1 DUAL L JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 Kay tla ilgili bilgileri g rmek i in INFO d mesine tekrar bas n DVD RW VR Recording Info Name JAN 01 2006 12 00 PR1 Recording Title 8 16 Created Time JAN 01 2006 12 00 Recording Time 00 00 07 JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 T rk e 43 yi key Kayit Seyretmekte oldugunuz harici cihazlardan kayit yapilmasi DVD RW DVD R Baslamadan once Diskte kay t i in yeterli alan olup olmad n kontrol edin Kay t modunu ayarlay n 1 OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n ve disk tepsisine kaydedilebilir bir disk yerle tirin 2 Disk tepsisini kapatmak i in OPEN CLOSE d mesine bas n n panel ekran nda LOAD mesaj kaybolana kadar bekleyin Kullan lmam bir DVD RW kullan l yorsa nce diski ba lat p ba latmayaca n z sorulur Bkz sayfa 41 3 Giri kayna n kurdu unuz ba lant ya g re se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesine bas n n panel g st
138. dd the new scene using the playback related buttons 0 8 English 79 bunipa Editing Press the OK button at the end point of the scene OK A RETURN EXIT e The image and time of the end point are displayed in the End window e To cancel press the lt gt buttons to select cancel then press the OK button Press the 4 gt buttons to select Add then press the OK button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR VD RV Scene No 4 8 Playlist No 3 7282 va rd N 01 00 00 26 02 00 00 07 03 00 00 04 E SOK RETURN e The section you want to add is inserted prior to the scene selected in step 4 Deleting a Scene To setup follow steps 1 to 3 in page 77 Press the AV lt gt buttons to select the scene you want to delete then press the OK button DVD Recorder 10 0 7 Wie e 04 00 00 08 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 4 RETURN Press the AV buttons to select Delete then press the OK button i ME 04 00 00 11 05 00 00 04 06 00 00 05 OK RETURN m EXIT 80 English Copying a Playlist Entry to the Playlist ii Using the PLAY LIST button With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the PLAY LIST button The Edit Playlist screen is displayed MD RETURN EXIT Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Playlist then press the OK or gt button e Press the AY buttons to select Edit P
139. dikleri s rayla alar Intro Her par an n ilk 10 saniyesi alar Se ti iniz m zi i dinlemek istiyorsan z OK veya PLAY d mesine bas n alma se ene i Normal Play haline gelir Intro Play tamamland nda Normal Play ger ekle ir Playlist Playlist alma se ene i par alar n istedi iniz s rayla almas n sa lar Random Random se ene i bir diskteki par alar rasgele s rayla alar Bir rasgele alma listesi olu turulup al nd ktan sonra ba ka bir rasgele liste olu turulur ve al n r alma se ene i de i tirilene kadar Random Play devam eder T rk e 63 euyeukg Oynatma Par alar n Programlanmas Oynatma listesine en fazla 30 par a kaydedebilirsiniz cD MP3 1 Stop modunda ANYKEY d mesine basin PLAY MODE penceresi g r n r cD No Title Length C9 Repeat Off o EI Play option Normal 4 TRACK i 0001 PLAY MODE lt Play se ene indeki Playlist esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine basin OK d mesine bas n Playlist ekran g r n r Par alar almak istedi iniz s rayla Tracks esini se mek i in A V d melerine bas n Se ti iniz par ay Playlist esine eklemek i in OK d mesine bas n cD TRACK 1 TRACK 1 TRACK 2 TRACK 3 TRACK 3 TRACK 5 TRACK 4 TRACK 6 PLAYMODE lt gt MOVE OK 4 Oynatma listesine yanl bir par a eklerseniz yanl par ay se mek i in gt
140. e Durum 2 AV k jak yla stereo amplifikat re Durum 3 Dijital k jakiyla AV amplifikatdre e 1 DM AEP 21 HDMI DVPnin Televizyona Ba lanmas Durum 1 HDMI Jak yla televizyona ba lant Durum 2 DVI Jak yla televizyona ba lamak 22 AV3 IN DV giri jak naba lama 23 Durum 1 AV3 IN jaklar na bir VCR Set st Cihaz STB DVD oynat c veya Video Kameran n ba lanmas se ssesneisiesansrssi s inna 23 Durum 2 DV IN jakina bir Video Kameran n ba lanmas issis kei asama sase 23 Sistem Ayarlar Ekran Men s nde Gezinti uu mma nananana wsanauwan 24 Fi e Takma ve Otomatik Aya 25 Saatin Ayarlanmas v v0u0n erer raararaaane 26 Auto Setup i leviyle Kanallar n nceden LVELELL EE AA 27 Manual Setup isleviyle Kanallarin Onceden XV NP 28 Dil Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas1 m na nsaan 29 EP Modu Zaman Ayar ssssssssssssssseeseresesseaes 30 Otomatik Alt B l m Olu turma ssseeeee 31 H zl Kay t Ayar cscessssssssssessssssnsseensnsrsesnenes 32 Ses Seceneklerinin Ayarlanmas vsusu10u11 32 Ses Se enekleri seir saisrssesi zetinin sarsar sna 33 Video k Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas 34 Progressive scan zelli inin Ayarlanmas 35 Progressive scan zelli inin iptali 35 G r nt Video Se eneklerini
141. e 1 JAN 01 2006 SUN e Oynatma bittiginde ekran Edit Playlist ekranina geri doner Oynatmay durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n Ekran Edit Playlist ekran na geri d ner T rk e 75 awajuazng D zenleme Oynatma Listesindeki bir Giri e Yeni Isim Verilmesi Oynatma listesindeki bir giri i yeniden adland rmak yani oynatma listesindeki bir giri i d zenlemek i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW VR modu 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken PLAY LIST d mesine basin Edit Playlist ekran g r n r o Hi APR 23 2006 1 5 gt No Title Length Edit 4 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 02 APR 23 2006 12 30 00 00 03 gt Ss pi 03 APR 24 2006 12 00 00 00 15 gt 04 APR 24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 gt 05 APR 25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 gt OK RETURN EXIT MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine basin e Edit Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Playlist esinden d zenlemek istedi iniz b l m se mek i in a v d melerine sonra da OK veya d mesine bas n Edit Playlist men s g r n r Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete No Title Length Edit 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 03 APR 24 2006 Rename UH APRI24I2008 Edit Scene 05 APRI252008 copy De
142. e DVD Recorder and TV 5 Turn on the DVD Recorder and TV 6 Press the INPUT SEL button on your TV remote control until the Video signal from the DVD Recorder appears on the TV screen To RF IN Ou o a Ka KY The RF cable connection of this DVD R NOTE ecorder sends only signals of TV You must connect SCART cable or Audio Video cables to watch a signal from your DVD Recorder TV mode Press the TV DVD button on remote control then TV appear on Front LED display or turn off DVD Recorder Additional connections You can connect your DVD Recorder to a satellite or digital tuner external device VCR Satellite receiver O sop 425 A DVD mode 1 Connect the AV2 connector of DVD Recorder and VCR Satellite receiver or digital tuner using a SCART cable 2 Connect the AV1 connector to the SCART AV connector on TV 3 Turn on the DVD Recorder VCR Satellite receiver or digital tuner and TV 4 Set Input mode on AV2 TV mode 1 Press the TV DVD button on remote control then TV appear on Front LED display or turn off DVD Recorder 2 You can watch programmes from a satellite or digital tuner connected to this DVD Recorder even when the DVD Recorder is turned off English 17 dn Dumas 9 bunauuo9 Connecting 8 Setting Up Antenna DVD Recorder external decoder box TV If you connect external decoder box to DVD reco
143. e empty Check for the TV DVD selection button 90 English Other forgot my password for parental supervision N4 Press and hold down the PROG Av buttons on the front panel of the DVD Recorder simultaneously for more than 5 seconds with no disc in the DVD Recorder All settings including the password will revert to the factory settings Do not use this unless absolutely necessary Note that this function is possible only when no disc is inserted Checkpoint 1 Is it possible to change a subtitle and an audio sig nal on a recorded disc Vv A recorded disc is played with only the subtitle and the audio signal which were selected during recording Checkpoint 1 Other problems Y Read the table of contents and then find and read the section describing your problem follow the instructions given Turn your DVD recorder off and on If the problem still persists contact a nearby Samsung service centre Specifications Weight 2 6 kg Dimensions 430mm W x 240mm D x 49mm H Operating temp 5 C to 35 C Power requirements AC 220 240V 50Hz Power consumption 21 Watts General Other conditions Keep level when operating Less than 75 operating humidity DV Input IEEE 1394 4p compatible jack Receivable Channels PAL B G D K Scart Jack AV2 Scart Ext Video Composite RGB Audio analogue Analogue output jacks x 2 Audio Optical Coaxial digital audio output Output Video
144. ear lt 3 gt MOVE OK RETURN MEXT e Back Space mlecin n ndeki karakteri siler e Space Bir bo luk girip imleci sa a do ru bir ileri ta r e Delete imlecin konumundaki karakteri siler e Clear B t n karakter giri lerini siler e Save Karakter giri lerini kaydeder Save esini se mek i in AV 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n De i tirilen b l m ad se ilen giri in b l m esinde g r n r o OK RETURN exit Bir B l m Kilitleme Koruma Bir giri i kazayla silinmekten korumak i in kilitlerken a a daki talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW DVD R Gi TITLE LIST d mesinin kullan lmas 1 TITLE LIST d mesine bas n Title List ekran g r n r MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e MENU d mesine bas n e Title List esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da iki defa OK veya gt d mesine bas n 00 00 03 00 00 15 00 00 16 00 06 32 00 08 16 OK RETURN EXIT Title List esinden korumak istedi iniz bir giri i se mek i in av d melerine sonra da OK veya d mesine basin Sportsa Delete Edit Protection OK N RETURN EXIT Protection esini se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Title Length Edit Drama 00 00 21 gt Music 00 00 03 gt spots Pay Movie Rename Sports ai Delete ET Edit RETURN MD EXIT Title Protection
145. ecorder e Be careful not to put your hand into the disc tray e Do not place anything other than the disc in the disc tray Exterior interference such as lightning and static electricity can affect normal operation of this DVD Recorder If this occurs turn the DVD Recorder off and on again with the STANDBY ON button or disconnect and then reconnect the AC power cord to the AC power outlet The DVD Recorder will operate normally Be sure to remove the disc and turn off the DVD Recorder after use Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC outlet when you don t intend to use the DVD Recorder for long periods of time Clean the disc by wiping in a straight line from the inside to the outside of the disc Maintenance of Cabinet For safety reasons be sure to disconnect the AC power cord from the AC outlet e Do not use benzene thinner or other solvents for cleaning e Wipe the cabinet with a soft cloth Disc Handling e Use discs with regular shapes If an irregular disc 3 a disc with a special shape is used this DVD recorder may be damaged Holding discs e Avoid touching the surface of a disc where recording is performed C DVD RW DVD R e Clean with an optional DVD RAM PD disc cleaner LF K200DCA1 where available Do not use cleaners or cloths for CDs to clean DVD RW DVD R discs DVD Video Audio CD e Wipe off dirt or contamination on the disc with a soft cloth Cautions on handling d
146. ed between the COMPONENT OUT Y Ps Pr jacks on DVD Recorder and COMPONENT IN Y Pe Pa jacks on your TV 2 Connect audio cables white and red between the AUDIO OUT jacks on the DVD Recorder and AUDIO IN jacks on TV or AV amplifier See pages 20 21 3 After connecting refer to the page 34 to 35 e You will enjoy high quality and accurate colour reproduction images KI NOTE 20 English The Component jacks will not output video resolutions above 576p To view 720p and 1080i connect the DVD Recorder to your TV with the supplied HDMI cable With HDMI connected press the P SCAN button to alternate between all available resolutions See page 37 m Make sure that the colour coded connections match The Y Ps Pr component output jacks of your DVD Recorder must be connected to the exact corresponding component input jacks on your TV Progressive setting is only available when the Video Out is set to Component See page 34 Other type of connecting the Audio output cable There are several ways to output audio signal not using scart cables Select the audio connection that best suits you below e Case 1 Connecting to your TV e Case 2 Connecting to a stereo amplifier with AV output jacks e Case 3 Connecting to an AV amplifier with a digital output jack Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
147. edi iniz s n fland rma d zeyini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya b d mesine basin rne in 6 D zeye kadar se erseniz 7 ve 8 D zeydeki diskler g r nt lenmeyecektir Daha b y k rakamlar program n sadece yeti kinlere y nelik oldu unu ifade eder I Sifre Degistirme Hakkinda Change Password esini se mek i in A V d melerine bas n DVD Recorder Password On Rating Level Level 1 Kids MOVE OK A RETURN EXIT OK ya da gt d mesine basin Enter the password mesaj g r nt lenecektir DVD Recorder Enter the password OS NUMBER OK ARETURN EXIT Uzaktan kumanda zerindeki 0 9 d melerini kullanarak 4 basamakl bir ifre girin Confirm the password mesaj g r nt lenecektir ifrenizi tekrar girin DVD Recorder Confirm the password CI Gi Gi Da NUMBER OK RETURN EXIT KY ifrenizi unuttuysan z sayfa 38 ye bakin NOT T rk e 39 ue e y W9JSI Kayit Kayit Bu b l mde e itli DVD kay t y ntemleri g sterilmektedir Kayda Ba lamadan nce 40 Seyretmekte oldu unuz TV program n n kaydedilmesi a a an 42 Seyretmekte oldugunuz harici cihazlardan kayiuyapimasipe AA 44 Video Kameradan Kopyalama 44 Tek Tu la Kay t Yapma OTR 45 Zamanlay c ile Kay t Yapma 46 Esnek Kay t sadece Zamanla
148. eferinde yaln zca bir DVD diski yerlestirmelisiniz ki veya daha fazla diskin yerle tirilmesi oynatmaya engel olur ve DVD KAYDED C YE zarar verir T rk e 51 euyeulg Oynatma Disk Men s n n ve B l m Men s n n Kullan lmas Baz disklerde alt b l mler ses par alar altyaz lar film n izlemeleri karakterler hakk nda bilgiler vb gibi zel b l mlerden se im yapman z sa layan atanm bir men sistemi bulunmaktad r DVD VIDEO diskleri i in DVD VIDEO 1 Diskin disk men s ne girmek i in DISC MENU d mesine bas n e Oynatma i lemiyle ilgili ayar men s ne gidin e Diskteki ses dillerinden ve altyazilardan se im yapabilirsiniz 2 Diskin b l m men s ne gitmek i in TITLE MENU d mesine bas n e Diskte birden fazla b l m bulunuyorsa bu d meyi kullan n Baz disk tipleri b l m men s i levini desteklemeyebilir DVD RW R diskleri i in ole DVD RW Mi DVD R B l m Listesine gitmek i in TITLE LIST d mesine bas n A Title List Title List bir b l m se menize NOT yard mc olacak bir liste g sterir B l m Listesinde kaydedilen videoyla ilgili bilgiler bulundu undan bir b l m silindi inde o b l m yeniden oynat lamaz Playlist Title List esinin tamam ndan arzu edilen bir sahne se erek olu turulan bir oynatma birimidir Bir oynatma listesi oynat ld nda yaln zca kullan c n n se ti i sahne oynat l
149. ektrik gibi harici giri imler DVD Kaydedicinin normal al mas n etkileyebilir Bu mey dana gelirse DVD kaydediciyi kapat n ve STANDBY ON d mesiyle tekrar a n ya da AC g kablosunu AC g kayna ndan kar p tekrar tak n DVD Kaydedici normal olarak al acakt r Kulland ktan sonra diski kar n ve DVD Kaydediciyi kapat n DVD Kaydediciyi uzun s re kullanmayacaksan z AC g kablosunu AC prizinden kar n Diski i taraf ndan ba lay p d a do ru d z bir hatta silerek temizleyebilirsiniz Kabinin Bak m G venlik nedenlerinden dolay AC g kablosunu AC priz inden kar n e Temizleme i in benzen tiner veya ba ka z c ler kullanmay n e Kabini yumu ak bir bezle silin Diskin Kullan lmas e Normal ekillerdeki diskleri kullan n ekli normal olmayan bir disk zel bir ekli olan disk kullan l rsa bu DVD kaydedici hasar g rebilir Disklerin Elle Tutulmas e Diskin kay t yap lan y zeyine dokunmaktan ka n n DVD RW DVD R e ste e ba l olarak temin edebilece iniz bir DVD RAM PD disk temizleyiciyle temizleyin varsa LF K200DCA1 CD temizleyicilerini veya bezlerini DVD RW DVD R disklerinde kullanmayin DVD Video Ses CD si e Diskteki kiri veya pisligi yumusak bir bezle temizleyin Disklerin kullan m yla ilgili dikkat edilecekler e Bask l tarafa t kenmez kalemle veya kur un kalemle yazmaya al
150. ence c PR Number gt AV1 gt AV2 gt AV3 gt sig If you comnect a digital camcorder press the INPUT SEL button to select DV See pages 44 45 4 Press the REC MODE button repeatedly or press the REC MODE button then press the AV button to select the recording speed quality SP LP EP XP J 44 English 5 Press the REC button To pause recording Press the PLAY PAUSE button to pause a recording in progress e Press the PLAY PAUSE button again to resume recording e You can switch channels by pressing the PROG buttons while recording pauses To stop recording Press the STOP button to stop or finish a recording in progress e When using DVD RW DVD R discs the message Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment is displayed KY You can not change the recording mode NOTE while recording or Pause Recording will stop automatically if there is no free space left for recording m Up to 99 titles can be recorded onto a disc Recording will stop automatically if a copy protected image is selected a DVD RW discs must be formatted before starting to record Most new discs are sold unformatted a Do not use DVD R authoring discs with this DVD Recorder Copying from a Camcorder You may control the Camcorder using the IEEE1394 DV interface DVD RW DVD R Before you start Check that the disc has enough available space for the recordi
151. er have DTS decoder KY m When DTS soundtrack is played sound NOTE does not output from AV Audio Output Dynamic Compression This is only active when a Dolby Digital signal is detected 1 Off You can enjoy the movie with the standard Dynamic Range 2 On When Movie soundtracks are played at low volume or from smaller speakers the system can apply appropriate compression to make low level content more intelligible and prevent dramatic passages from getting too loud NICAM NICAM programmes are divided into 3 types NICAM Stereo NICAM Mono and Bilingual transmission in another language NICAM programmes are always accompanied by a standard mono sound broadcast and you can select the desired sound by setting NICAM on or off 1 On NICAM mode 2 Off Only set at this position to record the standard mono sound during a NICAM broadcast if the stereo sound is distorted due to inferior reception conditions English 33 dn 9 wa sAg System Setup Setting up Video Output Options You can enjoy high quality image through RGB or Component video connections With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder No Disc Scheduled Record List MOVE OK RETURN M EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder No Disc e Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control amp Install MOVE SOK N RETURN
152. er A V k lar NOT al maz Progressive scan zelli inin ayarlanmas Televizyonunuz Progressive Scan zellli ini destekliyorsa daha y ksek video kalitesinin keyfini karmak i in DVD Kaydedicinin n ndeki P SCAN d mesine bas n 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken DVD e n ndeki P SCAN d mesine as n Press Yes to confirm Progressive scan mode Otherwise press No mesaj g r n r Press Yes to confirm Progressive scan mode Otherwise press No Yes esini se mek i in 4 d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n Televizyonunuzu Progressive giri e ayarlay n Televizyonunuzun uzaktan kumandas n kullanarak KY HDMI kablosu ba l ysa ekranda g r nt NOT yoktur m AProgressive modunu desteklemeyen bir televizyon kullan yorsan z P SCAN d mesine basmay n Bas l rsa ekranda hi bir ey g r nt lenmez Progressive tarama ayar yaln zca Video Out se ene i Component olarak ayarland nda ge erlidir m DVD Kaydedicinin n panelindeki P SCAN d mesine oynatma s ras nda bas l rsa ekranda yasak i areti belirir m Progressive ayar yaln zca DVD kaydedici stop modundayken ge erlidir Progressive scan zelli inin iptali 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken DVD Kaydedicinin n ndeki P SCAN d mesine bas n Press Yes to confirm Interlace scan mode Otherwise press No mesaj g r n r Press Yes to confirm In
153. er yaln zca men den silinir ancak Title esi fiziksel olarak diskte kal r SOK A RETURN EXIT 72 T rk e Ba lang noktas nda OK d mesine bas n G r nt ve ba lama noktas zaman b l m silme ba lang noktas penceresinde g r n r OK N RETURN exit OK A RETURN exit 1 Oynatma ubu u 2 Oynatma s resi 3 B l m silme ba lang noktas penceresi ve zaman 4 B l m silme biti noktas penceresi ve zaman e Oynatmayla ilgili d meleri kullanarak silmek istedi iniz b l m n ba lang ve biti noktalar n se in e Oynatmayla ilgili d meler Biti noktas nda OK d mesine bas n G r nt ve biti noktas zaman b l m silme biti noktas penceresinde g r n r Delete esindeki OK d mesine bas n Do you want to delete Deleted part will not be restored mesaj g r n r SOK O RETURN I EXIT Yes esini se mek i in lt gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n Se ilen b l m silinir Title List ekran na d nmek i in lt gt d meleriyle Return esini se in a Silinecek b l m n uzunlu u en az 5 saniye olmalidir a Silinecek b l m n uzunlu u 5 saniyeden daha az olursa The range is too short mesaj yla uyar l rs n z Biti zaman ba lang noktas ndan nce ise End point cannot be marked earlier than start point mesaj yla
154. ergesi a a daki s rayla de i ir PR Numaras gt AV1 gt AV2 gt AV3 gt DV 7 Dijital bir video kamera bagliyorsaniz DV esini se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesine bas n Bkz sayfa 44 45 4 Kaydetme h z n kalitesini se mek i in REC MODE d mesine st ste bas n veya REC MODE d mesine sonra da A V d mesine bas n PSP LP EP XP Record Mode 44 Turkce 5 REC d mesine basin Kaydi duraklatmak icin Devam eden bir kayd duraklatmak i in PLAY PAUSE d mesine bas n e Kayda kald yerden devam etmek i in PLAY PAUSE Cd dugmesine tekrar basin e Kay t i lemine ara verilmisken PROG 9 9 d melerine basarak kanallar degistirebilirsiniz Kayd durdurmak i in Devam eden bir kayd durdurmak veya bitirmek i in STOP d mesine bas n e DVD RW DVD R disklerini kullan rken Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment mesaj g r n r KS Kay t veya Pause modu s ras nda kay t NOT modunu de i tiremezsiniz Kay t i in yeterli alan yoksa kay t oto matik olarak durur Bir diske en fazla 99 b l m kaydedile bilir Kopya korumas olan bir g r nt se ilmi se kay t otomatik olarak durur m Kayda ba lamadan nce DVD RW diskleri bi imlendirilmelidir Yeni disklerin o u bi imlendirilmemi olarak sat lmaktad r Bu DVD Kaydedicide DVD R yazma disklerini kullanmay n Video Kameradan Kopyal
155. erine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene No 2 7 a n 01 00 00 26 02 00 00 07 03 00 00 04 Delete esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder 04 00 00 11 05 00 00 04 06 gt MOVE OK A RETURN EXIT 80 T rk e Bir Giri in Oynatma Listesine Kopyalanmas Gi PLAY LIST d mesinin kullan lmas 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken PLAY LIST d mesine bas n Edit Playlist ekran g r n r No Title Length Edit Oi Science 00 00 17 o Sky 00 00 06 gt 03 Dolphin 00 00 06 04 Natural 00 00 37 OK RETURN m EXIT MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n e Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n e Edit Playlist esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n Playlist esine kopyalamak istedi iniz b l m se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Edit Playlist men s g r n r Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete No Title 01 Science o2 Sky 03 Dolphin A RETURN EXIT Copy esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Se ilen oynatma listeleri kopyalan r Length Edit 00 00 17 gt Dolphin Natural SOK A RETURN I EXIT Length Edit 00 00 17 00 00 06
156. ess lt gt buttons to select Yes then press the OK button The selected section has been deleted To return to the Title List screen press the lt lt gt buttons to select Return The length of the section to be deleted must be at least 5 seconds long f the length of the section to be deleted is less than 5 seconds you will be prompted with the message The range is too short f the end time precedes the starting point you will be prompted with the message End point cannot be marked earlier than start point m The section cannot be deleted when it includes a still picture m Press the MENU button after the operation has finished The Edit Title List screen will disappear English 73 bunipa Editing Advanced Editing Playlist Creating a Playlist Follow these instructions to create a new playlist entry from a recorded title DVD RW VR mode With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button Press the AV buttons to select Playlist then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Edit Playlist gt MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select New Playlist then press the OK or button The Make Scene screen is displayed SOK RETURN M EXIT SOK RETURN m EXIT e The image and time at the start point are displayed on the Start window e The yellow coloured selection bar moves to the End item e Select the starting
157. ess the P SCAN button by NOTE mistake when your TV does not support Progressive mode you need to release the Progressive mode To release the Progressive mode press the P SCAN button on the front panel 2 times The screen will recover after the PSO LED on the front panel display turns off English 35 dn 9 wa sAs System Setup Setting up the Display Video Options This function allows you to setup the TV screen settings With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder No Disc Scheduled Record List MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder No Disc 2 Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install lt gt MOVE SOK RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Video then press the OK or B button Video setup menu will be displayed DVD Recorder No Disc a TV Aspect 7 16 9 Wide 3D Noise Reduction Off Video Output Component HDMI DVI Resolution 576p DivX R Registration Pas 0 4 OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select the desired video option then press the OK or gt button DVD Recorder TV Aspect 4 3 LetterBox 3D Noise Reduction Span Scan Video Output HDMI DVI Resolution 576p gt DivX R Registration gt gt MOVE OK RETURN exit Press the AV buttons to select the desired item then press the OK or B button
158. guage for the disc menu only language for the disc menu only 56 English Changing the Camera Angle When a DVD VIDEO contains multiple angles of a particular scene you can select the Angle function This is only available during playback If the disc contains multiple angles the ANGLE mark appears on the screen 1 Press the ANYKEY button during playback DVD VIDEO fo ENG D0 DS CH ak Off Angle 13 Zoom OH f O nov o CHANGE Press the AV buttons to select Angle then press the lt gt or number buttons to select the desired angle DVD VIDEO p12 apie 1128 00 00 01 KY This function is disc dependent may not work on all DVDs NOTE This function does not work when a DVD has not been recorded with a multi camera angle system Zooming In 1 Press the ANYKEY button during playback or pause DVD VIDEO y 7 r gt P der ENG DO D 5 1CH me Repeat Angle Zoom LABABO Press the AV buttons to select Zoom then press the OK button S will be displayed 3 Press the AV lt gt buttons to move to the area you want to enlarge 4 Press the OK button The screen will be enlarged to twice the normal size If you press the OK button again after the screen was enlarged to twice the normal size the screen size will be enlarged to four times the normal size normal size 2X 4X 2X normal size KS You can also select Zoom function directly NOTE using
159. here is enough space in the disc for recording Check whether the current disc is recordable or not Make sure to check before the start time of recording Timer recording does not work properly Checkpoint 1 Checkpoint 2 HDMI Vv Re check the recording time and the end time settings again Recording will be cancelled if the power is interrupted due to a power failure or another similar reason while recording No HDMI output Checkpoint 1 Checkpoint 2 Checkpoint 3 N4 Check the Video output is HDMI enabled Check the connection between the TV and the HDMI jack of the DVD Recorder See if your TV supports this 576p 720p 1080i DVD Recorder Abnormal HDMI output screen Checkpoint 1 V If snow noise appears on the screen it means that TV does not support HDCP High bandwidth Digital Content Protection English 89 UOHEWJO U EUONIPPY Additional Information HDMI output Jitter N4 Check your TV system setup correctly Screen Jitter may occur when the frame rate is converted from 50HZz to 60Hz for 720p 1080i HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface Output Please refer to the user s manual of your TV Remote Control Unit The remote control doesn t work Vv Point the remote control at the remote control sensor on your DVD recorder Allow for proper distance Remove obstacles between your DVD recorder and the remote control CEE Check whether the batteries ar
160. i levleri bulunmaktad r Bir Ses CD si CD DA alma Oynatma CD 1 Disk tepsisine bir ses CD si CD DA yerlestirin Ses CD si men s g r n r ve par alar ark lar oto matik olarak alar CD b TRACK1 01 15 No Title Length TRACK 1 0 03 50 Kanye PLAY MODE lt gt MOVE OK RETURN Il EXIT Dinlemek istedi iniz par ay se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Ses CD si CD DA Ekran eleri amp ns 2 1 Play modu simgesi 2 Ge erli par a ark 3 Ge erli alma dizinini ve toplam par a say s n g sterir 4 Bir diskin al ma durumunu ve o anda al nan k sma kar l k gelen alma s resini g sterir 5 Par a listesini ark listesi ve her par an n alma s resini g sterir 6 D me g stergesi 60 T rk e TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU sl05 O REC REC MODE INFO TIMER L JC JC MARKER AY Par a ark se er gt Se ilen par ay ark alar OK d mesi Se ilen par ay ark alar SKIP d mesi Sonraki par ay alar SKIP d mesi alma s ras nda bas ld nda ge erli par an n ba na d ner Tekrar bas l rsa DVD kaydediciniz nceki par aya ge er ve onu alar alma ba lad ktan sonraki saniye i inde bu d meye basarsan z nceki par a alar Bu
161. ici Stop No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN M EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install MOVE OK N RETURN exit Clock Set esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Saat Tarih Y l girmek i in AV 4 gt d melerini kullan n Saat de erini do rudan girmek i in numara d melerini kullan n DVD Recorder Date Time Auto Clock SUN MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT 26 T rk e Auto Clock ayar nda On esini se mek i in A Y d melerine bas n DVD Recorder Date Time Auto Clock san 01 2008 12 00 on SUN MOVE SOK RETURN MEXT 5 OK Hin Hana basin tarih ve saat I kaydedilecektir OK d mesine basmazsan z kaydedilmez KY Auto Clock ayar n yapmak i in RF NOT kablonuzun bagli olmasi gerekir Bkz sayfa 17 m DVD Kaydedici PR1 ile PR5 kanallari aras ndaki zaman sinyal yay n na g re saati otomatik olarak ayarlar Auto clock set i levine ihtiyac n z yoksa Off esini se in Auto Setup esini se mek i in A V Auto Setup i leviyle d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt a d mesine bas n Kanal lar n nceden Country Selection ekran g r nt lenir ayarlanmas ae Coun
162. ideo Kompozit RGB Ses analog Resim S k t rma bi imi MPEG II Kayit Ses S k t rma bi imi Dolby Dijital 2ch 256Kbps MPEG II Kay t Kalitesi XP yakla k 8 Mbps SP yakla k 4 Mbps LP yakla k 2 Mbps EP yakla k 1 2 Mbps veya yakla k 0 8 Mbps Ses Frekans Yan t 20 Hz 20 Hz DVD disklerinde 96 kHz rnekleme frekans nda kaydedi Ses Cikisi len ses sinyalleri 48 kHz e d n t r l r Disk Tipi SES CD si CD DA Analog Ses k 48 96kHz Dijital Ses k 48kHz 44 1kHz Turkce 91 431161 g 43 Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products please contact the SAMSUNG customer care centre D NYANIN HER YER NDEN SAMSUNG a Ula n Samsung r nleri ile ilgili olarak herhangi bir yorum ya da sorunuz varsa l tfen SAMSUNG m teri memnuniyeti merkezi ile temas kurun Region Country Customer Care Centre Web Site North America Latin America CANADA 1 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com ca MEXICO 01 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 www samsung com mx U S A ARGENTINE 1 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 0800 333 3733 www samsung com www samsung com ar BRAZIL 0800 124 421 www samsung com br CHILE 800 726 7864 SAMSUNG www samsung com cl COSTA RICA 0 800 507 7267 www samsung com latin ECUADOR 1 800 10 7267 www samsung com latin EL SALVADOR 80
163. ijital g r nt ler kaydedip d zenleyebilirsiniz Y ksek kalitede dijital ses ve video kayd ve oynatma 4 7 GB l k bir DVD RW DVD R diskine kay t moduna ba l olarak 8 saate kadar g r nt kaydedebilirsiniz Se ilebilen Kay t Modu Kaydedicinizi her biri kay t kalitesi ve uzunlu u a s ndan de i iklik g steren d rt farkl kay t h z ndan birine ayarlay abilirsiniz EP 6 Sa veya 8 Sa modu en fazla kay t s re sini sunar LP ve SP modlar daha az kay t s resi ile daha y ksek kalitede kay t sa lar XP modu en y ksek kalitede kay t sa lar Zamanlay c ile Kay t i in Otomatik Kalite Ayar FR modu se ilirse planlanan zaman dilimindeki t m vide olar bo disk alan na kaydedilebilecek ekilde video kalitesi otomatik olarak ayarlan r Bkz sayfa 47 DVD RW DVD R diski kullanarak DVD video b l m olu turulmas DVD Kaydedici ile 4 7 GB l k DVD RW DVD R disklerinde kendi DVD Video b l mlerinizi olu turabilirsiniz DV giri jak n kullanarak dijital video kameradan veri kopyalanmas DV giri jak n IEEE 1394 4pin 4pin kullanarak DV Cihaz ndan DVD RW DVD R disklerine video kaydedebil irsiniz Bkz sayfa 44 45 8 T rk e Y ksek kalitede s rekli tarama S rekli tarama y ksek z n rl kte ve titremesiz video sa lar 10 bit lik 54 MHz DAC ve 2D Y C Ay rma Devreleri en y ksek g r nt oynatma ve kay t kalitesini sunar Bkz sayfa 20 35 K
164. ilmek i in DVD Kaydedici cihaz n z verilen HDMI kablosuyla televizyonunuza ba lay n HDMI ile ba lant yap ld nda kullan labilir t m z n rl kler aras nda ge i yapmak i in P SCAN d mesine bas n Bkz sayfa 37 a Ba lant lar n renk kodlar n n birbirine uydu undan emin olun DVD Kaydedicinizdeki Y PB PR ek cihaz k jaklar televizyonunuzdaki tam olarak NOT ayn ek cihaz giri jaklar na ba lanmal d r m Progressive tarama ayar yaln zca Video Out se ene i Component olarak ayarland nda ge erlidir Bkz sayfa 34 20 T rk e Ses k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollar Scart kablolar kullanmadan ses sinyallerini aktarman n birka farkl yolu vard r A a daki ses ba lant lar ndan size en ok uyan n se in e Durum 1 Televizyonunuza Ba lama e Durum 2 AV k jak yla stereo amplifikat re ba lama e Durum 3 Dijital k jak yla AV amplifikat re ba lama Dolby Laboratories lisans alt nda retilmi tir Dolby ve ift D sembol Dolby Laboratories in ticari markalar d r DTS ve DTS Digital Out DTS Inc in ticari markalar d r Durum 1 Televizyonunuza Ba lama Televizyonunuzun ses giri jaklar varsa bu ba lant y kullan n Durum 2 AV k jaklar yla stereo amplifikat re ba lama Stereo amplifikat r n z n sadece AUDIO INPUT
165. imize eder Optimize etme i lemi diski takt ktan sonra veya DVD Kaydediciyi a t ktan sonra kay t yapmaya ba lad n zda ger ekle tirilir ok fazla optimizasyon yap l rsa diske kay t yapmak m mk n olmayabilir Kayd n durumuna g re baz durumlarda oynatma m m k n olmayabilir Bu DVD Kaydedici bir Samsung DVD video kaydedi ciyle kaydedilen ve sonland r lan DVD R disklerini oynatabilir Diskin ve kayd n durumuna g re baz DVD R disklerini oynatamayabilir DVD RW Disk Oynatma ve Kay t e DVD RW disklerinin kayd ve oynat lmas hem Video hem VR Modlar nda ger ekle tirilebilir e Video veya VR Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD RW sonland r ld nda zerine ilave kay t yapamazs n z Video Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD RW sonland r ld nda DVD Video halini al r Her iki modda da oynatma sonland rma i leminden nce ve sonra yap labilir fakat sonland rd ktan sonra ilave kay t silme ve d zenleme i lemleri yap lamaz e Diske VR Modunda sonra da V Modunda kay t yapmak isterseniz Format i lemini ger ekle tirdi inizden emin gi Oa i olun A a daki diskleri kullanmay n Format i lemini uygularken dikkatli olun kay tl t m ver iler kaybolabilir e Bo bir DVD RW diski ilk ba lat ld nda VR Modunda e LD CD G CD I Video CD CD ROM ve DVD ROM ba lat l r Ni bu DVD Kaydedicide kullan lmamal d r ot e DVD RW VR modu Oynatilabilen disk tipleri CD C
166. information about the disc will appear DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 16 Total Playlist 1 Recordable Time 02 12 SP Protection Not Protected Screen PR 1 DUAL L JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 Press the INFO button once again Then you can check the information about the title being recorded DVD RW VR Recording Info Name JAN 01 2006 12 00 PR1 Recording Title 16 Created Time JAN 01 2006 12 00 Recording Time 00 00 07 JAN 01 2006 SUN 12 00 To stop recording Press the STOP button The message Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record is displayed Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record Press the STOP buttons once more to stop recording 46 English Making a Timer Recording Before you start 1 Check the antenna cable is connected 2 Check the remaining time of the disc 3 Check the date and time are correct Make sure the Clock Setup Clock Set must be set before you proceed with a timer recording See pages 25 26 DVD RW DVD R With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the TIMER button SOK A RETURN I EXIT Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Programme then press the OK or B button Press the OK or gt button twice e The Timer Recording screen is displayed DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Current Time 12 05 No Source Day Start End Speed VIP Edit
167. ing Title Created Time Recording Time JAN 01 2006 SUN Recording Info JAN 01 2006 12 00 PR1 16 JAN 01 2006 12 00 00 00 07 12 00 To stop recording Press the STOP button to stop a recording in progress e When using DVD RW DVD R discs the message Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment is displayed NOTE KY You can not change the recording mode and the PROG while recording Recording will stop automatically if there is no free space left for recording Up to 99 titles can be recorded onto a Recording will stop automatically if a copy protected image is selected DVD RW discs must be formatted before starting to record Most new discs are sold unformatted Do not use DVD R authoring discs with this DVD Recorder English 43 bBuipiooay Recording Recording from external equipment you are watching DVD RW DVD R Before you start Check that the disc has enough available space for the recording Adjust the recording mode 1 Press the OPEN CLOSE button place a recordable disc on the disc tray 2 Press the OPEN CLOSE button to close the disc tray Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display If an unused DVD RW disc is used whether to initialize or not will be asked first See page 41 3 Press the INPUT SEL button to select the input source according to the connection you made The front panel display changes in the following sequ
168. iscs e Do not write on the printed side with a ball point pen or pencil e Do not use record cleaning sprays or antistatic Also do not use volatile chemicals such as benzene or thinner Do not apply labels or stickers to discs Do not use discs fixed with exposed tape adhesive or leftover peeled off stickers e Do not use scratch proof protectors or covers e Do not use discs printed with label printers available on the market Do not load warped or cracked discs English 3 payers bumaa Getting Started Disc Storage Be careful not to harm the disc because the data on these discs is highly vulnerable to the environment e Do not keep under direct sunlight Keep in a cool ventilated area Store vertically Keep in a clean protection jacket If you move your DVD recorder suddenly from a cold place to a warm place condensation may generate on the operating parts and lens and cause abnormal disc playback If this occurs do not connect the plug to the power outlet and wait for two hours Then insert the disc and try to play back again I Disc Specifications DVD Video e Adigital versatile disc DVD can contain up to 135 minutes of images 8 audio languages and 32 subtitle languages It is equipped with MPEG 2 picture compression and Dolby digital surrounding allowing you to enjoy vivid and clear theatre quality images in the comfort of your own home When switching from the first layer to the
169. iyi ve televizyonu a n AV2 de Input modunu ayarlay n TV modu 1 Uzaktan kumandadaki TV DVD d mesine bas n n LED g stergesinde TV g r n r ya da DVD Kaydediciyi kapat n 2 Bu DVD Kaydediciye ba lanan uydu al c s ndan veya dijital kanal se iciden DVD Kaydedici kapal olsa bile program seyredebilirsiniz T rk e 17 wnjnany aa ewejpeg Baglama ve Kurulum Anten DVD Kaydedici harici dekoder TV DVD kaydediciye harici dekoder baglarsaniz DVD Kaydedicinizdeki dahili TV kanal secici sayesinde sifreli kanallardan kayit yapabilirsiniz CANAL ya da Premiere yay nlar SS 1 RF anten kablolarini gosterildigi sekilde baglayin 2 DVD Kaydedicideki AV1 ba lant s n SCART kablosunu kullanarak TV deki SCART AV baglantisina baglayin 3 AV2 baglantisini dekoderdeki SCART AV girisine takin 4 PAY TV Canal Plus programlarini seyretmek veya kaydetmek i in ekrandan g r nt lemeyi kullanarak sayfa 28 e bak n DVD Kaydedicinizi kanallar alacak ekilde ayarlay n 18 T rk e Video k kablosunu ba laman n farkl yollar Scart kablosu kullanmadan video sinyallerini aktarman n birka farkl yolu vard r A a daki video ba lama y ntemlerinden size en uygun olan n se in e Durum 1 Video Kompozit k jak na ba lama e Durum 2 S Video k jak na ba lama e Durum 3 Ek cihaz Video
170. jaklar L ve R varsa AUDIO OUT jaklar n kullan n k rm z G hoparl r hoparl r Durum 3 Dijital k jak yla AV amplifikat re ba lama AV amplifikat r n zde Dolby Digital MPEG2 veya DTS dekoderi ve dijital bir giri jak varsa bu ba lant y kullan n Dolby Digital MPEG2 veya DTS sesin keyfini karmak istiyorsan z ses ayarlar n yapman z gerekir Bkz sayfa 32 33 DI HTALAUDIO i OPTICAL COAXIAL Arka L Arka R On L Subwoofer Orta T rk e 21 wnjnany an ewejbeg Baglama ve Kurulum HDMUDVI n n Televizyona Ba lanmas Televizyonunuzun HDMI DVI giri i varsa HDMI DVI kablosunu televizyona ba lay n En iyi kalite g r nt ve sesin keyfini karacaks n z e Durum 1 HDMI Jak yla televizyona ba lant e Durum 2 DVI Jak yla televizyona ba lant Durum 1 HDMI Jak yla televizyona ba lant e HDMI kablosunu kullanarak DVD Kaydedici ve VCR cihaz n n arkas ndaki HDMI OUT k jak n televizyonunuzun HDMI IN Giri jak na ba lay n e Televizyonunuzun ekran nda DVD Kaydediciden gelen HDMI sinyali belirene kadar televizyonunuzun uzaktan kumandas ndaki giri se iciye bas n Durum 2 DVI Jakiyla televizyona ba lant e DVI Adapt r kablosunu kullanarak DVD KAYDED C arkas ndaki HDMI OUT k jak n televizyonu
171. juazng D zenleme Bir Sahneyi De i tirme Ba ka bir Sahneyle Ayarlamak i in sayfa 77 deki 1 3 ad mlar n uygulay n De i tirmek istedi iniz sahneyi se mek i in AV 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene 2 7 Playlist No 3 Modify Move Add Delete OK RETURN Modify esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Modify Scene ekran g r n r 00 00 00 00 00 00 m 0 00 00 San End Change Cancel MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT Sahnenin ba lang noktas nda OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder NG p 00025 0000 00 00 00 25 Start End Change Cancel MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT e G r nt ve ba lang noktas zaman Start penceresinde g r n r e Oynatmayla ilgili d meleri 9 9 0 kullanarak de i tirmek istedi iniz b l m n ba lang veya biti noktas n se in 78 T rk e 7 Sahnenin biti noktas nda OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder 00 00 30 End Change Cancel Cy MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT e G r nt ve biti noktas zaman End penceresinde g r n r Change esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DA 000005 05 00 00 11 0600 00 04 MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT e De i tirmek istedi iniz sahne se ilen b l mle de i tirildi Sahnenin Ta
172. k 60 ila 480 Dak Esnek Kay t i in ge erlidir bkz sayfa 47 Yakla k 0 8 ila 8 Mbps Kaydedilemeyen video Kopyalamaya karsi korumasi olan videolar bu DVD Kaydedicide kaydedilemez DVD Kaydedici kayit esnasinda bir kopyalama koruma sinyali al rsa kay t durur ve ekranda a a daki mesaj belirir You cannot record copy protected movie Kopyalama Kar Koruma Sinyalleri Kopyalama kontrol sinyalleri i eren TV yay nlar u sinyal tipinden birini i erir Copy Free Serbest Copy Once Tek Seferlik ve Copy Never Kopyalanamaz Tek seferlik kopyalanabilen tipte bir program kaydetmek istiyorsan z CPRM ile VR modunda DVD RW kullan n Ortam P Serbest Tek Seferlik Kopyalanamaz DVD RW O DVD RW CPRM ile VR modu O O Video modu O DVD R O Copy Once kayit yapildiktan sonra ilave kayit yapilamaz Kaydedilebilen Ortamlarda igerik Korumasi Content Protection for Recordable Media CPRM CPRM bir kayd zerine kaydedildi i ortama ba layan bir mekanizmad r Baz DVD kaydediciler bunu desteklese de o u DVD oynat c s desteklememektedir Kay t yap labilen her bo DVD BCA ya i lenmi zel bir 64 bit ortam ID sine sahiptir Diske korumal bir i erik kaydedildi i zaman bu ortam ID sinden al nan 56 bit C2 Cryptomeria ifre ile ifrelenebilir Oynatma esnas nda ID BCA taraf ndan okunur ve diskin i eri ini zmek i in bir
173. k olarak ayar yapacakt r TV istasyonlar ve saat bellekte saklanacakt r lem birka dakika s rer DVD Kaydediciniz bu i lemden sonra kullan ma haz rd r RF kablosunu sayfa 17 de belirtildi i ekilde ba lay n DVD Kaydedicinizin RF Kablosu ve scart kablosu ile televizyona ba lanmas DVD Kaydedicinin fi ini elektrik prizine tak n n panelde Auto mesaj yan p s ner Do L LIV LI tle is N A V d melerini kullanarak dili se in ve OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Language Set Fran ais Deutsch Espa ol Italiano Nederlands MOVE OK A RETURN Otomatik ayar ba latmak i in OK d mesine bas n veya birka saniye bekleyin DVD Recorder No Disc Auto setup will be started Check antenna and TV cable connection OK RETURN lkenizi se mek i in A V lt 4 gt d melerini kullanarak Country esini se in ve OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Country Selection OK A RETURN e Country esini se erken a a daki k saltma tablosuna bak n A Avusturya NL Hollanda S sve PL Polonya B Bel ika talya CH svi re CZ ek Cumhuriyeti DK Danimarka N Norve TR T rkiye Di er FIN Finlandiya P Portekiz GR Yunanistan D Almanya E spanya HU Macaristan DVD Kaydedici se ti iniz lkeye kar l k gelen nceden ayarl bir
174. kitaplik veya benzeri kapali yerlere kurmayin UYARI Yang na veya elektrik arpmas na yol a abilecek bir hasar nlemek i in bu cihaz ya murlu veya slak ortamlardan uzak tutun D KKAT DVD KAYDED C Y NELT LD NDE TEHL KEL RADYASYON MARUZ YET NE YOL A AB LECEK G R NMEZ B R LAZER I INI KULLANIR KAYDED C Y TAL MATLARA UYGUN EK LDE ALI TIRDI INIZDAN EM N OLUN D KKAT BU R N LAZER KULLANIR KUMANDALARIN AYARLARIN VEYA LEMLER N BURADA BEL RT LENLER N DI INDA UYGULANMASI TEHL KEL RADYASYONA MARUZ KALMAYLA SONU LANAB L R KAPAKLARI A MAYIN VE KEND N Z TAM R ETMEY N SERV S N YETK L SERV S PERSONEL NE BA VURUN Ba ka cihazlara ba lamak i in korumal kablolar ve ba lant lar kullan ld nda bu r n CE y netmeliklerine uygundur Radyo ve televizyon gibi elektrikli gere lerle elektromanyetik giri imi nlemek i in ba lant larda korumal kablolar ve konekt rler kullan n 2 T rk e NEML NOT Bu cihaz n g kablosu i inde bir sigorta bulunan kal p d k m fi e sahiptir Sigorta de eri fi in di li y zeyinde belirtilmi tir De i tirilmesi gerekirse ayn de erdeki BS1262 i in onaylanm bir sigorta kullan labilir Sigorta kapa kart labiliyorsa fi i kapak kart lm halde asla kullanmay n Yedek bir sigorta kapa n n kullan lmas gerekiyorsa bu fi in pimlerin bulundu u y z yle ayn
175. kte kalan zamana g re en iyi g r nt kalitesi ile kay t yap l r Gosso 4 Ad m Oynatma Ekrandaki men den oynatmak istedi iniz b l m se ip an nda oynatmay baslatabilirsiniz DVD b l m denilen par alardan ve alt b l m denilen alt par alardan olu ur Kay t s ras nda kayd ba latt n z ve durdurdu unuz iki nokta aras nda bir b l m olu turulur Alt b l mler ise DVD R DVD RW disklerine Video modunda yapt n z kayd sonland rd n zda otomatik olarak olu turulur Alt b l m n uzunlu u alt b l mler aras ndaki aral k kay t moduna g re de i ir doo 5 Ad m Kaydedilmi bir diskin d zenlenmesi Disklerin d zenlenmesi geleneksel video kasetlerden daha kolayd r DVD Kaydedici sadece DVD lerde ge erli olan bir ok farkl d zenleme i levlerini destekler Yal n ve basit bir d zenleme men s yle kaydedilen bir b l mde silme kopyalama yeniden adland rma kilitleme vs gibi e itli d zenleme i levlerini uygulay abilirsiniz Oynatma listesi olu turulmas VR modunda DVD RW Bu DVD Kaydedici ile ayn disk zerinde yeni bir oynatma listesi olu turabilir ve orijinal kayd de i tirmeden d zenleyebilirsiniz doo 10 T rk e 6 Ad m Adim Sonland rma ve di er DVD chanda oynatma DVD nizi di er DVD cihazlar nda oynatabilmek i in sonland rma gerekebilir nce t m d zenleme ve kay t i lemlerini bitirin sonra diski so
176. ktir lemi bitirdikten sonra MENU d mesine bas n Men ekran kaybolur Standart Zamanlay c Listesinin Kayd Scheduled Record List esindeki ba lama zaman na ayar n g c kapal yken gelinirse ayar a l r ve otomatik olarak kayda ba lan r 1 Programlanan kay t al rken kaydedilen program TV de g r nmez e TV de kaydedilen program g rmek istiyorsan z TV DVD d mesine bas n e TV de kaydedilen program g rmek istemiyorsan z TWDVD d mesine tekrar bas n Kayd durdurmak i in STOP d mesine bas n Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record mesaj g r n r Press STOP button once more to cancel Timer Record Kayd durdurmak i in STOP d mesine tekrar bas n KW m Yeterince disk alan yoksa veya kay t s ras nda bir kopya nleme sinyali al nm sa kay t durur You cannot record copy protected movie m Bos disk alani yoksa veya disk kaydedi lebilir degilse kayit gerceklesmez Diski de i tirdikten sonra kaydedebilirsiniz T rk e 49 yAey Oynatma Oynatmadan Once Bir disk oynatmadan nce a a daki bilgileri okuyun Oynatma B lge Kodu Sadece DVD Video Bu bame oynaman n NG chak yin gere za DVD kaydedicisi ve diskler b lgeye g re oynatman n temel i levleri tan t lmaktad r BN kodlanm t r Diskin oynat labilmesi i in bu b lge kodlar n n e le mesi gerekir Kodlar IN e le mezse di
177. la 10 sahne imleyebilirsiniz KY a Disk tepsisi a l p kapat ld nda yer imleri NOT kaybolur 58 T rk e Yer iminin oynat lmas 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n Yer imli bir sahne se mek icin gt d melerine bas n rh Bookmark gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 2 RETURN 3 Se ilen sahneyi oynatmaya ba lamak i in OK veya PLAY d mesine bas n Yer iminin temizlenmesi 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n Yer imli bir sahne se mek icin 4 gt d melerine bas n gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 40 RETURN Se ilen yer imini silmek i in CANCEL d mesine bas n A RETURN aretlerin Kullan lmas DVD RW VR modu 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n Th Marker DEE EEE EN Arzu edilen sahne g r nd nde OK d mesine bas n 01 rakam g r n r ve sahne belle e al n r yi Marker Bee gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR RETURN Bir sonraki konuma gitmek i in 4 gt d mesine bas n Arzu edilen sahne g r nd nde OK d mesine bas n 02 rakam g r n r ve sahne belle e al n r rh Marker SVa A gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 4 RETURN e DVD RW VR Modu disklerinde Bookmark islevi yerine Marker islevi bulunmaktadir Marker isleviyle en fazla 99 sahne isaretlenebilir Sahneler birgok farkl sayfa eklinde g sterilebildi inden numaralama gereklidir Kullan mdaki disk Disk Koru
178. laylist then press the OK or button 2 Press the AV buttons to select the title you want to copy to the Playlist then press the OK or gt button The Edit Playlist menu is displayed Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete p No Title Length Edit 01 Science 00 00 17 E a n vopn 04 Natural OK N RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Copy then press the OK button Playlist that has been selected will be copied Science o2 Sky 03 Dolphin 04 Natural OK RETURN EXIT Length Edit 01 Science 00 00 17 02 Sky 00 00 06 03 Dolphin 00 00 06 gt 04 Natural 000037 5 Dolphin 00 00 06 SOK RETURN EXIT KY You can create up to 999 scenes on one 3 Press the AV buttons to select Delete DEE disc In some cases this may be different then press the OK button from the actual numbers m Press the MENU button after the operation has finished The Edit Playlist screen will disappear E The Length Ed p Science 00 00 17 gt Sky Play Dolphin Rename Natural Edit Scene Dolphin Copy SOK M RETURN m EXIT Deleting a Playlist Entry from the Playl ist e You will be prompted with the delete confirmation message Do you want to delete Bi Using the PLAYLIST button Do you want to delete With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode 2 press the PLAY LIST button Den ang The Edit Playlist screen is displayed SOK RETURN m EXIT No Title Length Edit 01
179. le lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN T EXIT nceki men ye d nmek i in RETURN ya da oe 4 d mesine bas n Men den kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n m Se ilen dil sadece diskte destekleniyorsa kar Altyaz dili kesik yaz karakterleriyle g r nt leniyorsa DivX Altyaz s n uygun b lgeye de i tirin Hala d zelmiyorsa format desteklenmiyordur T rk e 29 uee y Wa sis Sistem Ayarlar EP Modu Zaman Ayar REC MODE d mesine pe pe e basarak d rt kay t modundan birini se ebilirsiniz EP modu d rt REC Modundan biridir XP SP LP EP EP Uzat lm Oynatma modunda bu ayar ile kay t s resini 6 ila 8 saat aras nda ayarlayabilirsiniz DVD Kaydedici Stop modunda No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List gt MOVE OK N RETURN EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set gt Language Audio Video Parental Control Install MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT System esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Sistem men s g r n r DVD Recorder EP Mode Time o 6 Hours gt gt Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off MOVE OK A RETURN Exit 30 T rk e EP Mode Time esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder
180. le orijinal aktar m silinmi olmaz Ani g kesintisi gibi bir hata meydana gelirse kay t veya d zenleme tamamlanmayabilir L tfen hasarl bir malzemenin orijinal i eri ine geri al namayaca n unutmay n T rk e 69 awajuazng D zenleme Temel D zenleme B l m Listesi Bir B l m n Yeniden Adland r lmas Etiketlenmesi Bir b l m listesi giri ini yeniden adland rmak yani kay tl bir program n b l m n d zenlemek i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW DVD R Gi TITLE LIST d mesinin kullan lmas 1 TITLE LIST d mesine bas n Title List ekran g r n r MENU d mesinin kullan lmas e MENU d mesine bas n e Title List esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da iki defa OK veya gt d mesine basin o OK RETURN EXIT Title List esinden yeniden adland rmak istedi iniz bir giri i se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n APRI21 2006 0K MRETURN MEXT Rename esini se mek i in av d mesine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Rename ekran g r nt lenir DVD Recorder DVD RW VR APR 21 2006 12 00 PR12 Fecoerenry EI Back Space C Space Delete E Clear MOVE OK RETURN m EXIT 70 T rk e Arzu edilen karakterleri se mek i in AV lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Sports A1 KI Back Space Space Delete Cl
181. lete OK A RETURN MeEXIT Rename esini se mek i in 4 v d mesine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Rename ekran g r nt lenir No Tile Length Edit 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 02 APR 23 2006 Play 03 APR 24 2006f Rename 04 APR 24 2006 Edit Scene J APRIA006 12 00 O5 APRI25 2005 Co 1 Scene py APRPAPOOB 1200 Delete lt gt MOVE OK N RETURN I EXIT 76 T rk e AV G5 d melerini kullanarak arzu edi len karakterleri se in E Back Space ON Space Delete Clear MOVE OK A RETURN exit e Buislev b l m listesini yeniden adlandirmadaki Rename i leviyle ayn d r Bkz Sayfa 70 e Girilebilen maksimum karakter say s 31 dir INFO d mesine iki defa basarak 31 karakterin tamam g r nt lenebilir Save esini se mek i in AV 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n De i tirilen b l m se ilen oynatma listesinin b l m alan nda g r n r OK 3 No Title Length Edit 01 APRI23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 02 APR 23 2006 12 30 00 00 03 03 Dolphin 04 APR 24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 gt 05 APR 25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 A RETURN m EXIT Oynatma listesindeki bir Sahnenin D zenlenmesi Bir oynatma listesi i in sahne d zenlerken u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW VR modu 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken PLAY LIST d mesine basin Edit Playlist ekran g r n r Fi No Title Length Edit an O
182. ma Oynatmadan NCE sssssssssssssssssssesssssssseeessssssseeees 50 B lge Kodu SadeceDVD Video 50 Oynatilabilen disk tipleri 50 Oynat lamayandiskler 50 Bir Diskin Oynat lmas Disk Men s n n ve B l m Men s n n Kullan lmas 52 Arama levlerinin Kullan lmas 52 Yava ekimOynatmi 53 AdmAd mOynatma 53 ANYKEY Hakk ndaki aaa kasangga 53 Tekrar islevinin Kullan lmas 54 Aliyaz n nSe ilmeii 26 Ses dilinin se ilmesi een 56 Kamera A s n n De i tirilmesi 57 Yakinlastima aaa na mabasang 57 Yer mlerinin Kullan lmas 58 aretlerin Kullan lmas 59 Bir Ses CD si MP3 Calma vemeaeereareare arar 60 Bir Ses CD si CD DAYMP3 alma 60 Resim G sterme uu LL nananana emre eman 64 MPEG4 oynatma ear eareaeaeareara resen 65 B l m Listesinin G r nt lenmesi 66 D zenleme Temel D zenleme B l m Listesi 70 Bir B l m n Yeniden Adland r lmas Etiketlenmesi
183. mas ile kodlanm sa Marker eleri ayarlan p silinemez Yaln zca oynatma ger ekle tirilebilir 59 Suomi Bir Marker esinin oynat lmas 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n Yer imli bir sahne se mek i in 4 gt d melerine bas n fh Marker 0 SVa i A gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 0 RETURN Se ilen sahneyi oynatmaya ba lamak i in OK veya PLAY d mesine bas n e SKIP d mesine basarsan z i aretin ba na gider D meye 3 saniye i inde tekrar basarsan z nceki i aretin ba na d nersiniz e SKIP d mesine basarsan z sonraki i aretin ba na gider Bir Marker esinin Temizlenmesi 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n Yer imli bir sahne se mek i in 4 gt d melerine bas n Se ilen yer imini silmek i in CANCEL d mesine bas n y fh Marker 01 02 03 04 05 06 07080910 N 10 fil Marker 01 02 03 04050607 0809 N 9 RETURN gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR a DVD RW VR modu oynatilirken bir i aret temizlendiginde i aret numaralar de i ir rne in on i aret kaydedildikten sonra 7 i aret silinirse sekizinciden sonraki i aret numaralar otomatik olarak bir geriye gelir ve 8 i aret 7 olur T rk e 59 euyeukg Ses CD si CD DA almak i in kullan lan Uzaktan Kumanda d meleri Bir Ses CD si MP3 alma Bir Ses CD si CD DAYMP3 alma Her diskin e itli men
184. menizi veya kaydetmenizi saglar e Durum 1 AV3 IN jaklarina bir VCR Set st Cihaz STB DVD oynat c veya Video Kameran n ba lanmas e Durum 2 DV IN jakina bir Video Kameran n ba lanmas Durum 1 AV3 IN jaklar na bir VCR Set st Cihaz STB DVD oynat c veya Video Kameran n ba lanmas DVD Kaydedicinin AV3 IN jaklarina bir VCR veya harici cihaz n ba lanmas Ba l bir cihazdan VCR STB DVD oynat c veya Video Kamera kay t yapabilirsiniz KY AV3IN se imi otomatik olarak NOT yap lacakt r Giri otomatik olarak se ilmezse uygun giri i se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesini kullan n m Kopyalama korumas olan i erik kaydedilemez Durum 2 DV IN jakina bir Video Kameran n ba lanmas Dijital video kameran z n bir DV k jak varsa bunu DVD Kaydedicinizin DV giri jak na ba lay n DY Giri otomatik olarak se ilmezse uygun giri i se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesini kullan n NOT T rk e 23 wnjnany a ewejbeg Sistem Ayarlari Ekran Men s nde Gezinti Sistem Ekran men leri DVD Kaydedicinizdeki bir ok i levi ya r a ri etkinlestirmenizi veya devre d b rakman z sa lar Ekran men lerini a mak ve men lerde gezinmek i in a a daki d meleri kullan n DVD Recorder gp Programme Seheduled Record List DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Title List MOVE SOK RETURN exit MOVE SOK RETURN m
185. mpted with the message Do you want to finalise disc DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name i Do you want to finalise disc O0K A RETURN M EXIT If you select Yes you will be prompted again with the message Disc will be finalised Do you want to continue DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name GOK RETURN M EXIT Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes then press the OK button The disc is finalised a Once a disc is finalised you cannot delete entries from the record list m After being finalised the DVD R DVD RW video mode operates in the same manner as a DVD Video Depending on the disc type the displayed screen may be different Finalising time may be different depending on the amount of data recorded on the disc Data on the disc will be damaged if the recorder is powered off during finalise process English 85 unpa Press the 4 gt buttons to select Yes then Unfinalising a disc V VR mode press the OK button The disc is unfinalised DVD RW With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode KY a A DVD RW can be finalised or unfinalised press the MENU button NOTE in Video mode Finalise Unfinalise DVD RW VR F Mark DVD Video RW DVD RW V Title List gt Operation Same as DVD Video Additional recording protection and deletion are possible ADVD RW can be finalised or unfinalised MOVE OK RETU
186. n DVD Recorder Din Ort DTS Bitstream Dynamic Compression On NICAM 0n MOVE OK RETURN m EXIT 5 stedi iniz eyi se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n KN nceki men ye d nmek i in RETURN ya da oe 4 d mesine bas n Men den kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n NOT I Ses Se enekleri Digital Output 1 PCM Dolby Digital veya MPEG 2 sinyalini zecek bir ayg t n z yoksa bunu se in Dolby Digital veya MPEG 2 par as ald n zda dijital k PCM Stereo ya evrilir 2 Bitstream Dolby Digital veya MPEG 2 ses k n bitstream olarak ayarlar AV al c n z n veya AV amplifikat r n z n Dolby Digital veya MPEG 2 Dekoderi varsa bunu se in KN m Dijital k ayar e it ekilde hem Dolby Digital hem MPEG 2 sesi i in uygulan r LPCM par alar n k lar daima PCM olur Bunun Digital Output ayar yla ilgisi yoktur Do ru Digital Output ayar n se ti inizden emin olun yoksa ya hi ses duymazs n z ya da y ksek bir g r lt duyars n z DTS 1 Off DTS sinyali g ndermez AV al c n z n veya AV amplifikat r n z n DTS dekoderi yoksa bunu se in 2 On DTS par as ald n zda dijital k zerinden DTS Bitstream g nderir AV al c n z n veya AV amplifikat r n z n DTS dekoderi varsa bunu se in KY Bir DTS par as al n rken ses AV
187. n DVD Recorder TV Aspect 4 3 LetterBox 3D Noise Reduction 4 8 Pan Sean Video Output 16 9 Wida HDMUDVI Resolution 576p gt DivX R Registration gt SOK N RETURN M EXIT stedi iniz eyi se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n 36 T rk e Y nceki men ye d nmek i in RETURN NOT ya da oe lt d mesine bas n Men den kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n G r nt Video Se enekleri Bu i lev diskin tipine ba l d r Baz disk tiplerinde al mayabilir TV Aspect Televizyonunuzun tipine g re ekran ayar n d zenlemek isteyebilirsiniz en boy oran DVD Recorder TV Aspect 4 3 LetterBox 3D Noise Reduction MiS PansScani Video Output HDMUDV Resolution 576p DivX R Registration gt MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT 4 3 LetterBox Televizyonunuzun ekran oran 4 3 olsa bile DVD nin sundu u 16 9 oran nda seyretmek istedi inizde bunu se in Ekran n st ve alt k sm nda siyah k s mlar olu ur 4 3 Pan Scan Geleneksel bir televizyonda 16 9 ekran n merkez k sm n seyretmek istedi inizde bunu se in En sondaki sol ve sa u k s mlar kesilir e 16 9 Wide Geni ekran televizyonunuzda tam 16 9 g r nt s ne sahip olursunuz 3D Noise Reduction harekete uyarl parazit indirgeme DVD Recorder TV Aspect 16 9 Wide CG Video Output On HDMUDV Resolution 576p gt DivX R Registration
188. n A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya d mesine basin Sistem men s g r n r DVD Recorder EP Mode Time 6 Hours Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT Quick Recording esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder EP Mode Time 6 Hours gt Chapter Creator Off gt On Sy MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT 32 T rk e On esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Ses Se eneklerinin Ayarlanmas DVD Kaydediciyi harici bir amplifikat re veya Ev Sinemas sistemine ba layabilirsiniz Ses cihaz n ve ses durumunu kullan lan ses sistemine g re ayarlaman z sa lar 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modunda No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List MOVE OK AN RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine basin DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT Audio esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Ses ayar men s g r n r DVD Recorder Digital Output _ PCM DTS Off Dynamic Compression On NICAM 0n MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT stedi iniz sesi se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas
189. n ayarlanmas 36 G r nt Video Se enekleri 36 CIKIS SCCIN Kasan n anama esin aim kng 37 DivX R Kaytumuuuumnaanananaannnananaanansananaanannsanassanaanawana 37 Ebeveyn Kontrol n n Ayarlanmasl 37 ifreniziunuttuysan z 38 S n fland rmaD zeyiHakk ndA 38 iieDe i tirimeHakk nda 39 Kay t Kayda Ba lamadan nce 40 Kay tyap labilendiskler 40 Kayit Bi imleri Esan dadanan 41 Kayit MOU mamamana na aata 41 Kaydedilemeyen video a nananana na anananawawawananan 41 INFOD mesiHakk nda 42 Bo disk alan n n kontrol edilmesi Disk Bilgileri 42 Seyretmekte oldu unuz TV program n n kaydedilmesi Luma nannananannnnanannanananaaasanaanasanana 42 Seyretmekte oldugunuz harici cihazlardan kay t yapilMaS PA 44 Video Kameradan Kopyalama 44 Tek Tu la Kay t Yapma OTR 45 Zamanlay c ile Kay t Yapma Lana nannawawanaan 46 Esnek Kay t sadece Zamanlay c kayd i in Co Cr AAAH AAAH 47 Programlanan Kayit Listesinin Duzenlenmesi 48 Programlanan Kay t Listesinin Silinmesi 48 Standart Zamanlay c Listesinin Kayd 49 Oynat
190. n the power off to finish the Timer Recording setting Timer Recording will not work when the power is on e will appear on the front panel It means that a timer recording is registered e will blink if disc is not inserted KW m The timer recording time may differ from NOTE the set time depending on disc status and overall timer recording status for example recording times overlapping or when the previous recording ends within 2 minutes before the start time of the next recording You can make the Timer Recording up to 12 programmes Flexible Recording for Timer recording only DVD RW WIG In FR mode the most suitable record mode is adjusted automatically according to remaining time on the disc and length of the timer recording This function is selected only one mode in XP SP LP and EP modes and you can use this mode for timer recording The FR mode recording setup is the same as Timer Recording When setting the mode in step 3 set FR Mode See pages 46 47 English 47 Buipiooay Recording Editing the Scheduled Record List Follow these directions to edit the timer record list DVD RW WANG With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the TIMER button DVD Recorder RW VR m SOK RETURN IM EXIT Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Programme then press the OK or B button 2 Press the OK or
191. n you can check the information about the playlist currently playing back DVD RW VR Playing Info Name APR 24 2006 12 00 PR1 Playlist 3 5 Created Time APR 24 2006 12 00 Length 00 01 09 SP Playing Time 00 00 08 Total scene 1 JAN 01 2006 SUN e The screen returns to the Edit Playlist screen when the playback has finished Press the STOP button to stop playing The screen returns to the Edit Playlist screen English 75 bunipa Editing Renaming a Playlist Entry Enter the desired characters using the AV lt gt buttons Follow these instructions to rename a playlist entry i e to edit the title of a playlist entry DVD RW VR mode With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the PLAY LIST button E Back Space C Space C Delete Clear The Edit Playlist screen is displayed MOVE SS OKs O RETURNS ENT e This function is the same as the Rename function in renaming the title list See page 70 No Title Length Edit e The maximum number of characters that can be paaa entered is 31 All 31 characters can be 03 APR 24 2006 12 00 00 00 15 P ll displayed by pressing the INFO button twice 05 APRI25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 gt mili ent Press the AV lt P buttons to select Save then press the OK button The changed title is displayed in the title field of the selected playlist entry Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV b
192. nat lamayabilir e Baz CD R RW diskleri olu turulduklar cihaza ba l olarak bu DVD Kaydedicide oynat labilir CD lerden kendi zel kullan m n z i in CD R RW ortam na kaydedilen i eriklerin oynat labilirli i i eri e ve disklere ba l olarak de i ebilir MPEG4 disklerinin kullan m e Disk CD R RW DVD R RW e A a daki uzant lara sahip MPEG4 Dosyalar oynatilabilir avi divx AVI DIVX e MPEG4 Codec formati DivX 3 11 DivX 4 x DivX 5 x DivX Pro Xvid e Hareket Dengeleme QPEL GMC e d rt CC MPG4 mpg4 DIV3 divX3 DIVX divx DX50 MP43 mp43 XVID xvid e Ge erli Ses Format MP3 MPEG1 Audio Layer2 LPCM AC3 DTS MS ADPCM e Desteklenen altyaz bi imleri smi srt sub psb txt ass DVD R Disk Oynatma ve Kayit e Video Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD R sonlandirildiginda DVD Video halini alir e Sonland rma yapmadan nce disk zerindeki ge erli alana kay t yapabilirsiniz ve disklere ve programlara ba l k verme ve program silme gibi d zenleme i lemleri ger ekle tirebilirsiniz e DVD R diskten program silindi i zaman bo alan alan kullan lamaz DVD R zerinde bir alana kay t yap ld zaman kay t silinse de silinmese de o alana art k ba ka kay t yap lamaz Kay t bittikten sonra DVD Kaydedicinin kay t y netim bilgisini tamamlamas yakla k 30 saniye s rer Bu DVD Kaydedici her kay t i in DVD R yi opt
193. natma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine o bas n IANYKEY ANYKEY dugmesinin kullanimi 1 Oynatma s ras nda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO Tio 12 oe Repeat esini se mek i in A V mai SC gt d melerine sonra da st ste oynatmak ea istedi iniz Title veya Chapter elerinden son 1n birini se mek i in lt gt d melerine basin e cuce DVD VIDEO Repeat esini se mek i in A V d melerine ba Po sonra da A B elerini se mek i in gt msa cl dugmesine basin DVD VIDEO OK diigmesine basin Ekran kald rmak i in ANYKEY veya RETURN d mesine basin Oynatmay tekrarlama bir b l m veya alt b l m tekrarlaman z sa lar a DVD RW VR modu sonland r lmam 3 OK d mesine bas n NOT DVD R ve sonlandirilmamis DVD RW Video modu bir alt b l m tekrarlamaz 4 Oynatmay tekrarlamanin ba lamas n istedi iniz noktada OK d mesine bas n A sonra da oynatmay tekrarlaman n durmas n istedi iniz noktada bu d meye yeniden bas n B A B b l m n n tekrar oynat lmas na ba lan r Normal oynatmaya d nmek i in Repeat esindeki Off esini se in veya CANCEL d mesine bas n KI m Bes saniye gegmeden bir nokta NOT se erseniz B bir yasak i areti g r n r m Ses CD leri CD DA ve MP3 diskleri Repeat A B i levini desteklemez T rk e 55 euyeukg Oynatma Altyazinin Se ilmesi
194. nci katman na ge ti inizde g r nt de ve seste anl k bir bozulma olabilir Bu DVD Kaydedicinin bir bozuklu u de ildir Video Modunda kaydedilen bir DVD R RW sonland r ld nda DVD Video halini al r Ses CD si e 44 1kHz PCM ses kaydedilen bir ses diski e CD DA format nda ses CD R ve CD RW diskleri alar DVD Kaydedici baz CD R veya CD RW disklerini kay t durumundan dolay oynatamayabilir CD R RW MP3 CD R RW e Sadece ISO9660 ya da JOLIET format nda kaydedilen MP3 dosyalarini igeren CD R diskleri oynatilabilir Sadece mp3 MP3 uzant lar olan MP3 dosyalar kullanabilir VBR Degisken Bit Oranlar ile kaydedilen MP3 dosyalar i in 32 Kbps den 320 Kbps e kadar ses kes ilebilir Oynat labilen bit oran aral 56Kbps den 320Kbps e kadard r Bu DVD Kaydedici maksimum 500 dosya ve 100 klas r kapasiteye sahiptir JPEG CD R RW e Sadece jpg JPG uzant lar olan JPEG dosyalar kul lanabilir e Bu DVD Kaydedici maksimum 500 dosya ve 100 klas r kapasiteye sahiptir e Maksimum asamali JPEG boyutu 3M pikseldir e MOTION JPEG desteklenmemektedir 4 T rk e CD R RW kullanimi e 700MB l k 80 dakika CD R RW diskleri kullan n M mk nse 800MB lik 90 dakika veya zeri diskleri kullanmay n bu tip diskler oynat lamayabilir e CD R RW diski kapal oturum olarak kaydedilmemi se ilk oynatma s resinde bir gecikme ya ayabilirsiniz kaydedilen t m dosyalar oy
195. nction Description Skip During playback press the SKIP 6 or button Cor it moves forward or backward 5 minutes Search During playback press the SEARCH Gor Gag button and press again to search at a faster speed Core Fast 1 Fast 2 Fast 3 Slow Motion In pause or step mode press the SEARCH Play button on the remote control Slow 1 Slow 2 Slow 3 Step Motion Press the STEP 9 button on the remote control Play during playback or pause KI m This DVD Recorder can play the following NOTE 66 English video compression formats MPEG4 Codec format DivX 3 11 DivX 4 x DivX 5 x DivX Pro Xvid Motion Compensation QPEL GMC Audio format MP3 MPEG1 Audio Layer2 WMA LPCM AC3 DTS MS ADPCM Supported subtitle file formats smi srt sub psb txt ass The subtitle file should have exactly the same name to corresponding MPEG4 file name Some MPEG4 files created on a personal computer may not be play back That is why Codec Type Version and Higher resolution over specification is not supported Playing the Title List Follow these instructions to play back a scene from the Title List s Using the TITLE LIST button Press the TITLE LIST button The Title List screen is displayed 1 APR 19 2006 OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select an entry you want to play from Title List then press the PLAY button The selected
196. ng Adjust the recording mode Press the OPEN CLOSE button place a recordable disc on the disc tray Press the OPEN CLOSE button to close the disc tray Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display If an unused DVD RW disc is used whether to initialize or not will be asked first See page 41 3 Press the REC MODE button repeatedly or Press the REC MODE button then press the AV button to select the recording speed quality p SP LP EP XP Record Mode SP O2H2 i N Press the INPUT SEL button to select DV If the input is set to DV a playback record menu that enables camcorder control appears on the top of the screen KC ii The DV device is connected gt MOVE SOK A RETURN To play the camcorder and find the starting point to be copied select the play icon W on the top of the screen using the lt gt buttons and then press the OK button To start recording select the record icon on the top of the screen using the lt gt buttons and then press the OK button You can also use the REC buiton on the remote control to start recording If your camcorder is in stop mode the REC button doesn t work To stop recording Press the STOP button to stop or finish a recording in progress e When using DVD RW DVD R discs the message Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment is displayed KY You can not change the recording mode and NOTE input sour
197. niz Video kameran z Stop modundaysa REC d mesi al maz Kayd durdurmak i in Devam eden bir kayd durdurmak veya bitirmek i in STOP d mesine bas n e DVD RW DVD R disklerini kullan rken Updating the disc information Please wait for a moment mesaj g r n r KY Kayit yaparken kayit modunu ve giris Ka kaynagini degistiremezsiniz Kay t i in yeterli alan yoksa kay t oto matik olarak durur Bir diske en fazla 99 b l m kaydedile bilir m Kopya korumas olan bir g r nt se ilmi se kay t otomatik olarak durur m Kayda ba lamadan nce DVD RW diskleri bi imlendirilmelidir Yeni disklerin o u bi imlendirilmemi olarak sat lmaktad r Bu DVD Kaydedicide DVD R yazma disklerini kullanmay n a DV jak kullanarak bir video kamera ba larsan z ilgili kontrol men s otoma tik olarak g r n r Kay t s ras nda ekran kontrol elerine eri im i in 4 veya gt d melerine bas n Tek Tu la Kay t Yapma OTR DVD RW DVD R REC d mesine Ust ste basarak DVD Kaydediciyi nceden ayarlanm aral klarla kaydetmeye ayarlayabil irsiniz 1 Bir TV kanalindan kayit yapmak istiyorsaniz dilediginiz kanali segmek icin PROG veya numara d melerine basin Ba l bir harici cihazdan kay t yapmak istiyorsan z uygun bir harici giri se mek i in INPUT SEL d mesine bas n AV1 AV2 AV3 veya DV e TV PROGRAMI 1 ila 99 Kayda ba lamak i in REC d
198. nland r n VR Modunda DVD RW disk kullan rken VR Moduna uyumlu bir cihazda disk oynatmak i in sonland rma genellikle gerekmese de oynatma i in sonland r lm bir disk kullan lmal d r Video Modunda DVD RW disk kullan rken Bu DVD Kaydedici d nda herhangi bir yerde diskin oynat labilmesi i in disk sonland r lmal d r Sonland rd ktan sonra disk zerinde ba ka bir kay t ya da d zenleme i lemi yap lamaz DVD R disk kullan rken Bu DVD Kaydedici d nda ba ka bir cihazda oynat labilmesi i in diski sonland rman z gerekir Sonland rd ktan sonra disk zerinde ba ka bir kay t ya da d zenleme i lemi yap lamaz Ambalaj n a lmas Aksesuarlar A a daki aksesuarlar n birlikte verildi ini kontrol edin TV i in RF Kablosu Uzaktan Kumanda Uzaktan Kumanda i in Piller AAA Tipi Kullan m K lavuzu H zl Kullanma K lavuzu Uzaktan Kumandan n Haz rlanmas Uzaktan Kumandaya Pilleri Tak n e Uzaktan kumandan n arkas nda bulunan pil kapa n a n e ki adet AAA pili tak n Kutuplarin ve do ru hizaland ndan emin olun e Pil kapa n kapat n Uzaktan kumanda d zg n al mazsa e Pillerin kutuplar n kontrol edin Kuru Pil e Pillerin dolu olup olmad n kontrol edin e Uzaktan kumanda sens r n n engeller y z nden kapanmad ndan emin olun e Yak nlarda fl oresan kland rma olup olmad n kontr
199. nlay c ile kay t i in kullanabilirsiniz XP y ksek kalite Video kalitesi nemliyse se in Yakla k 1 saat SP standart kalite Standart kalitede kay t yapmak i in se in Yakla k 2 saat LP d k kalite Uzun bir kay t s resi gerekti inde se in Yakla k 4 saat EP uzat lm Daha uzun bir kay t s resi gerekti inde se in Yakla k 6 veya 8 saat e VIP VPS Video Program Sistemi veya PDC Program Da t m Kontrol i levi Bu islevi etkinle tirirseniz yay n sinyalinde bulunan zel sinyal ile kayd n ba lama ve biti zamanlar n kontrol edebilirsiniz Bir TV program k salt lm sa veya planlanan dan daha erken veya ge ba l yorsa bu i lev kayd n ba lama ve biti zamanlar n ger ek yay n zamanlar yla otomatik olarak e itler Ba lama zaman n TAM OLARAK yay mlanan TV izelgesine g re ayarlay n Aksi takdirde zamanlay c ile kay t yap lamaz Kaydetmek istedi iniz program n PCD veya VPS ile yay nland ndan emin olmadan PDC veya VPS elerini se meyin EP modunda bir DVD RW V R diskine kay t yaparken DVD Kaydedici VBR De i ken Bit H z KODLAMA sistemini kulland ndan tam olarak 6 veya 8 saat kay t yapamayabilir rne in ok hareket bar nd ran bir program kaydediyorsan z daha y ksek bir bit h z dolay s yla da daha fazla disk belle i kullan r 4 OK d mesine bas n Zamanlay c ayarlar ak
200. nmas Sahne Konumunun De i tirilmesi Ayarlamak i in sayfa 77 deki 1 3 ad mlar n uygulay n Ta mak konumunu de i tirmek istedi iniz sahneyi se mek i in AV lt gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene No 3 7 Playlist No 3 et w S OITOD00 26 O27OD 00 07 03 00 00 04 Move ma Ee a iF Add dl 05 00 00 11 06 00 00 04 Delete OK A RETURN Mexit 5 Move esini se mek i in AY d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene No 3 7 Playlist No 3 OK A RETURN e Ta nacak sahnede sar bir se me penceresi g r n r Se ti iniz sahneyi ta mak istedi iniz konu mu se mek i in A V GB d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder O DVD RW VR Scene No Playlist No 3 Play DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene No 5 7 il Playlist No 3 AWZ Try PP mody Move Add Delete A RETURN m EXIT Ky Se ilen sahneyi bir sonraki sahnenin konu NOT muna ta yamazs n z nk se ilen sahne o konumun n ne yerle tirilmelidir bu da herhangi bir eylem gerektirmez a Disk t r ne ba l olarak g sterilen ekran n k k bir fark olabilir Sahne Eklenmesi Ayarlamak i in sayfa 77 daki 1 3 ad mlar n uygulay n 4 n ne yeni bir sahne yerle tirilecek olan sahneyi se mek i in A V 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas
201. nnecting to a TV with DVI Jack e Using the DVI Adapter Cable connect the HDMI OUT jack on the rear of the DVD Recorder to the DVI IN jack of your TV e Using the audio cables connect the AUDIO red and white OUT jacks on the rear of the DVD Recorder to the AUDIO red and white IN jacks of your TV Turn on the DVD recorder and TV e Press the input selector on your TV remote control until the DVI signal from the DVD Recorder appears on your TV screen To watch through the HDMI output set GAO the digital audio output to PCM See page 32 33 Depending on the HDMI device TV HDMI Receiver you use audio may not be supported If TV does not support Dolby digital DTS Audio output is not available when you set Digital output as Bitstream or select DTS On in Audio setup menu In this case set the digital audio output to PCM or DTS Off 22 English Ky m To change HDMI output resolution see page 37 NOTE m HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface HDMI is an interface to enable the digital transmission of video and audio data with just a single connector Since HDMI is based on DVI it is completely compatible with DVI The only difference between HDMI and DVI is that HDMI supports multi channel audio Using HDMI the DVD recorder transmits a digital video and audio signal and displays a vivid picture on a TV having an HDMI input jack m HDMI connection descri
202. nuzun DVI IN Giri jak na ba lay n e Ses kablolar n kullanarak DVD Kaydedici cihaz n n arkas ndaki AUDIO k rm z ve beyaz OUT Ses k jaklar n televizyonunuzun AUDIO k rm z ve beyaz IN Ses giri jaklar na ba lay n DVD Kaydedici ve televizyonu a n Televizyonunuzun ekran nda DVD Kaydediciden gelen DVI sinyali belirene kadar televizyonunuzun uzaktan kumandas ndaki giri se iciye bas n ii HDMI k zerinden izlemek i in dijital ses k n PCM olarak ayarlay n DIKKAT Bkz sayfa 32 33 a Kulland n z HDMI cihaz na TV HDMI Al c bagli olarak ses desteklenmeyebilir Televizyonunuz Dolby dijital DTS bi imini desteklemiyorsa Audio setup Ses ayar men s nde Digital Output Dijital k esini Bitstream olarak ayarladiginizda Ses k mevcut de ildir Bu durumda dijital ses k n PCM olarak veya DTS Of kapal olarak ayarlay n 22 T rk e HDMI k z n rl n de i tirmek i in bkz sayfa 37 HDMI Y ksek Tan ml oklu Ortam Arabirimi HDMI tek bir konekt rle video ve ses verilerinin dijital iletimini sa layan bir arabirimdir HDMI DVI temelli oldu undan DVI ile b t n yle uyumludur HDMI ile DVI aras ndaki tek fark HDMI nin ok kanall sesi desteklemesidir DVD Kaydedici HDMI yi kullanarak dijital g r nt ve ses sinyalini iletir ve H
203. o ENG DOD 51C1 Repeat Off angle 13 Zoom Off A MOVE gt CHANGE t Press the AV buttons to select Repeat then press the lt gt buttons to select Title or Chapter you want to play repeatedly zoom Off f aga MOVE OK KI 4 Press the OK button To make the screen disappear press the ANYKEY or RETURN button Repeat play allows you to repeat a title or chapter KI DVD RW VR mode unfinalised DVD R and unfinalised DVD RW Video mode NOE do not repeat a chapter Playing a Certain section Repeatedly A B Repeat Playback CUN DVD RW DVD R Using the ANYKEY button ANYKEY Press the ANYKEY button during playback DVD VIDEO Tite 12 Time 00 00 01 Subtle Off d Audio ENG OOD 5 1CH Repeat Off Angle 13 O E MOVE CHANGE Ey Press the AV buttons to select Repeat then press the button to select A B DVD VIDEO mie 12 3 Press the OK button 4 Press the OK button at the point where you want the repeat play to start A then press it again at the point where you want the repeat play to stop B Repeat playback of the A B section starts To return to normal playback Select Off on the Repeat item or press the CANCEL button S f you set point B before five seconds has lapsed the prohibition mark 2 will Nia appear m Audio CDs CD DA and MP3 discs do not support the Repeat A B function English 55 yoeqheld Playback
204. o On Demand format For more information visit www divx com vod Setting up the Parental Control The Parental Control function works in conjunction with DVDs that have been assigned a rating which helps you control the types of DVDs that your family watches There are up to 8 rating levels on a disc DVD VIDEO With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN Exit 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT English 37 dn 9 wa sAg System Setup Press the AV buttons to select Parental Control then press the OK or gt button The Create the password message will be displayed DVD Recorder Create the password 0m EE CD NUMBER SOK RETURN EXIT Enter the 4 digit password using the 0 to 9 buttons on the remote control The Confirm the password message will be displayed Enter your password again DVD Recorder Confirm the password OBB GDNUMBER OK RETURN EXIT Press the OK or button to select Password DVD Recorder No Disc a Password MOVE SOK RETURN M EXIT Press the AV buttons to select On or Off then press the OK or gt button NOTE F button to exit the menu 38 English KY Press the RETURN
205. ol edin Pilleri yerel evre d zenlemelerine uygun ekilde at n Ev pleriyle birlikte atmay n Uzaktan Kumandan n Ayarlanmas Ba ka marka televizyonlar n baz i levlerini bu uzaktan kumanda ile y netebilirsiniz Kumanda i lev d meleri unlard r STANDBY ON PROG AyV VOL Do rudan Rakam d meleri TV MUTE INPUT SEL d mesi SELECT ZOOM INPUT SEL CV fe CJC STANDBYION OPEN CLOSE REPEAT TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU NAK LE REC RECMODE INFO TIMER moi JM JM MARKER T rk e 11 uoylejseg Baslarken Televizyonunuzun uyumlulugunu belirlemek MARKA DUGME icin asagidaki talimatlari takip edin SELECO 74 1 Televizyonunuzu agin 2 Uzaktan renci televizyonunuza do rultun SHARR BSBA 3 STANDBY ON d mesini bas l tutun ve televizyo SIEMENS a nunuzun markasina karsilik gelen iki basamakli kodu SINGER 57 rakam d melerini kullanarak girin SINUDYNE 57 SONY 35 48 Kumanda Edilebilen Televizyonlar n Kodlar et gt TELEFUNKEN 67 73 75 76 MARKA DUGME THOMSON 72 73 15 SAMSUNG 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 THOMSON ASIA 80 81 AIWA 82 TOSHIBA 47 48 49 50 51 52 ANAM 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 WEGA 57 BANG
206. olay kullan ml aray zle ger ekle tirebilen bir ok i lem Entegre men sistemi ve mesajla ma i levi diledi iniz i lemleri kolayca ve rahat a ger ekle tirmenizi sa lar DVD RW diski ile kaydedilen videolar d zenleyebilir oynatma listesi olu turabilir zel bir s ralamada video d zenleyebilirsiniz MPEG4 oynatma Bu DVD Kaydedici avi dosyas i indeki MPEG4 bi imlerini oynatabilir DivX Sertifikas DivX DivX Certified ve ili kili logolar DivXNetworks Inc in ticari markalar d r ve lisans al narak kullan l r DIV gt IDEO HDMI Y ksek Tan ml oklu Ortam Arabirimi HDMI DVD Kaydedicisinden Televizyonunuza temiz bir dijital video ses sinyali yolu sa layarak g r nt parazitini azalt r Kullanim kilavuzunu okumadan once Kullan m k lavuzunu okumadan nce a a daki terimleri kontrol edin K lavuzda kullan lacak olan simgeler Simge DVD VIDEO Aciklama Bu Video Modunda kaydedilen ve sonland r lan DVD veya DVD R DVD RW disklerinde ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu DVD RW disklerde ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu DVD R disklerde ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu bir veri CD sinde CD R veya CD RW ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu bir veri g r nt CD R RW DVD R RW diskinde ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu bir veri diskinde CD R RW DVD R RW ge erli olan bir i levi i erir Bu bir veri diskinde CD R RW DVD R R
207. onra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Deleting Please walt OK 4 RETURN M EXIT 2 Playlist esinden silmek istedi iniz b l m se mek i in a v d melerine sonra da OK veya d mesine basin Edit Playlist men s g r n r Play Rename Edit l No Title Length Edit Scene Copy Delete m ma 03 Dolphin 00 00 04 Natural 00 00 37 No Title Length Edit OK AN RETURN m EXIT 01 Science mz NG 04 Natural Edit Scene 05 Dolphin Copy APRI2312006 06 43 Delete OK A RETURN EXIT T rk e 81 awajuazng D zenleme Disk Y neticisi Disk Ad n n D zenlenmesi Diske ad vermek i in u talimatlar uygulay n O DVD RW CD DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine basin DVD Recorder ii Title List Title List gt MOVE OK RETURN EXIT Disc Manager esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists SOK O RETURN EXIT Disc Name esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n Edit Name ekran g r n r DVD Recorder Ki Back Space Space CJDelete Clear MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT 82 Turkce AV G5 d melerini kullanarak arzu edi len karakterleri secin DVD Recorder KI Back Space OI Space Delete Clear gt MOVE SOK A RETU
208. ontinue SOK RETURN U EXIT Yes esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n Disk bi imlendirilmi tir DVD VR ile DVD V kendi kay t bi imlerine g re tan mlan r DVD VR DVD V DISC DVD RW a DVD R T m B l m Listelerinin Silinmesi DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Title List SOK N RETURN exit 84 Turkce Disc Manager esini se mek i in AY d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Protection Not Protected age Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists OK A RETURN m EXIT Delete All Title Lists esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalse Delete All Title Lists gt OK A RETURN exit e Do you want to delete all title lists seklinde bir onay mesaj yla uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder i Do you want to delete all title lists OK A RETURN m EXIT e Korumal Giri bulunuyorsa Delete All Title List i levi al maz Sabit bir resim i eren bir b l m olsa da bu i lev al maz Korumal bir giri silmek istiyorsan z Lock esindeki Protect se ene ini devre d b rak n Yes esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n B
209. or 4 button to return to the previous menu Press the MENU If you forgot your password 1 Remove the disc Press and hold down the PROG A v buttons on the front panel of the DVD Recorder simultaneously for more than 5 seconds with no disc in the DVD Recorder All setting including the password will revert to the factory setting About the Rating Level Press the AV buttons to select Rating Level DVD Recorder Password On gt Rating Level Level 1 Kids gt Change Password MOVE SOK A RETURN MMEXT Press the OK or gt button The rating level will be displayed DVD Recorder Eee kael lis Rating Level Tea Change Password 5 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Kids MOVE SOK A RETURN M EXIT 3 Press the AV buttons to select Rating Level you want then press the OK or B button For example if you select up to Level 6 discs that contain Level 7 8 will not play A larger number indicates that the programme is intended for adult use only About the Change Password Press the AV buttons to select Change Password DVD Recorder Password 0n Rating Level Level 1 Kids gt Change Password 5 lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN MD EXIT Press the OK or gt button The Enter the password message will be displayed DVD Recorder Enter the password OE EE CD NUMBER SOK RETURN M EXIT Enter the 4 digit password using the 0 to 9 buttons on the remote control The
210. ord List RETURN I EXIT MOVE SOK 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN MD EXIT Press the AV buttons to select System then press the OK or button System menu will be displayed DVD Recorder EP Mode Time 6 Hours Chapter Creator Off Quick Recording Off lt gt MOVE SOK 9 RETURN MM EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Quick Recording then press the OK or button DVD Recorder No Disc e EP Mode Time 6Hours gt Chapter Creator Off gt Quick Recording On MOVE Oo SOK 4 RETURN IM EXIT 32 English Press the AV buttons to select On then press the OK or button Setting up the Audio Options You can connect the DVD Recorder to an external amp or Home Theatre Allow you to setup the Audio device and sound status depending on the audio system in use With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode No Disc mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List MOVE SOK M RETURN T EXIT 2 Press the AV buttons to select Setup then press the OK or button DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control ss Install MOVE OK RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Audio then press the OK or B button Audio setup menu will be displayed DVD Recorder No Disc e
211. otected esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonrada OK d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists SOK N RETURN I EXIT Disk Bi imlendirme Disk bi imlendirmek i in u talimatlar uygulay n Disk koruma da temizlenmelidir DVD RW DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken MENU dugmesine basin DVD Recorder DVD RW VR ICH Title List Title List gt MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT Disc Manager esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists gt OK A RETURN EXIT Disc Format esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Disc Name Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists OK A RETURN m EXIT DVD RW e Choose the recording format for DVD RW onay mesaj yla uyar l rs n z DVD Recorder Disc Name Choose the recording format for DVD RW OK 9 RETURN M EXIT T rk e 83 awajuazng Diizenleme Arzu edilen modu se mek i in 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n e All data will be deleted Do you want to con tinue mesajiyla yeniden uyarilirsiniz DVD Recorder i All data will be deleted Do you want to c
212. other format by reinitializing It should be noted that the disc s data will be lost when changing formats English 9 paue s Gunes Getting Started COC There are two different recording methods Direct Recording and Timer Recording Timer recording is classified as a Date Once Daily MO SA MO FR W SA etc Recording mode XP high quality mode SP standard quality mode LP long recording mode and EP extended mode according to the recording mode When recording is set in the FR mode the best quality picture is recorded with regards to the remaining time on the disc doss step 4 Playing You can select the title you want to play in a displayed menu and then immediately start playback A DVD consists of sections called titles and sub sections called chapters During recording a title is created between two points where you start and stop recording Chapters will be created automatically when you finalise recording on DVD R DVD RW discs in Video mode The chapter s length interval between chapters varies according to the recording mode do Step 5 Editing a recorded disc Editing on discs is easier than conventional video tapes The DVD Recorder supports many different edit functions possible only with DVDs With a simple and easy edit menu you can operate various edit functions such as delete copy rename lock etc on a recorded title Creating a playlist DVD RW in VR mode Wi
213. ove to a desired time to help you find a scene 1 Press the ANYKEY button during playback DVD VIDEO Tite 1 2 Time 00 00 01 Subiile Off 4 Audio ENG DOD 5 1CH Repeat Off oe lt CHANGE ff Enter the time in the sequence of hours minutes seconds using the number buttons then press the OK button KIS This may not work for some discs NOTE When an audio CD CD DA or an MP3 disc is inserted according to a disc type the information display may not be appear m The Time Search function does not operate in some discs To make the screen disappear press the ANYKEY again 54 English Using the Repeat Function SELECT ZOOM _INPUTSEL CI GS k ED ee REPEAT TV DVD SUBTITLE Playing Repeatedly Repeat Playback DVD VIDEO ll DVD RW DVD R Gi Using the REPEAT button 1 Press the REPEAT button during playback C9 Repeat Press the REPEAT or AV buttons to select Title or Chapter you want to play repeatedly Press the OK button C3 Repeat Title gt TA Y Title Repeats the title that is playing Chapter Repeats the chapter that is playing To return to normal playback Press the REPEAT buttons to select Off then press the AV or REPEAT button and press OK button Press the CANCEL button to return to normal playback ANYKEY Using the ANYKEY button Press the ANYKEY button during playback DVD VIDEO Tie 12 Time 00 00 01 Sublile Off Audi
214. ption HDMI connector Both uncompressed video data and digital audio data LPCM or Bit Stream data Though the DVD recorder uses a HDMI cable the DVD recorder outputs only a pure digital signal to the TV If TV does not support HDCP High bandwidth Digital Content Protection snow noise appears on the screen m Why does Samsung use HDMI Analog TVs require an analog video audio signal However when playing a DVD the data transmitted to a TV is digital Therefore either a digital to analog converter in the DVD Recorder or an analog to digital converter in the TV is required During this conversion the picture quality is degraded due to noise and signal loss HDMI technology is superior because it requires no D A conversion and is a pure digital signal from the DVD recorder to your TV m What is the HDCP HDCP High bandwidth Digital Content Protection is a system for protecting DVD content outputted via HDMI from being copied It provides a secure digital link between a video source PC DVD etc and a display device TV projector etc Content is encrypted at the source device to prevent unauthorized copies from being made Case 2 Connecting a Connecting to AV3 IN DV Camcorder to the DV IN jack Input jack If your digital camcorder has a DV output jack connect it to the DV input jack of your DVD Recorder This allows you to connect your DVD Recorder to other external devices and view or record thei
215. r outputs e Case 1 Connecting a VCR Set Top Box STB DVD player or Camcorder to the AV3 IN jacks e Case 2 Connecting a Camcorder to the DV IN jack Case 1 Connecting a VCR Set Top Box STB DVD player or Camcorder to the AV3 IN jacks Connecting a VCR or external device to AV3 IN jacks of the DVD Recorder You can record from connected equipment VCR STB DVD player or Camcorder Ky f the input is not selected automatically NOTE use INPUT SEL button to select proper input KY AV 3 IN selection will be automatically NOTE done If the input is not selected automatically use INPUT SEL button to select proper input Copy protected content cannot be recorded English 23 dn Dumas 9 Buyoauuo9 System Setup On Screen Menu Navigation The on screen menus allow you to enable or disable e u p various functions on your DVD Recorder Use the following buttons to open and navigate through the on screen menus DVD l EU a DVD RW VR a Title List Title List DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List OK RETURN m EXIT e MOVE SOK M RETURN MD EXIT 1 MENU Button Press this button on the remote control to open the on screen MENU Press again to exit the on screen MENU 2 AV lt gt Buttons Press these buttons on remote control to move the selection bar A V 4 to cycle through the menu options 3 OK Button On Screen Menu Navigation 24 Press this b
216. r ve durdurulur Bir oynatma listesinde yaln zca arzu edilen sahneyi oynatmak i in gerekli bilgiler bulundu undan o oynatma listesi silinse bile orijinal kay t silinmi olmaz yaln zca VR modu 52 T rk e Arama levlerinin Kullan lmas ov 6 STOP PLAY e6 DO TEME VOL PROG O Ao Bir Alt B l m veya Par a i inde Arama elejlelole DVD VIDEO cD OLS DVD R MPEG4 Oynatma sirasinda uzaktan kumanda zerindeki SEARCH d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO gt gt Fast 1 gt BB Fast 2 gt DVD RW DVD R gt gt Fast 3 gt gt Fast 4 gt bp Fast 5 gt BB Fast 6 gt p gt Fast 1 MPEG4 bp Fast 1 gt BB Fast2 gt pp Fast 3 SES CD si gt gt X2 Bp X4 gt gt X8 CD DA gt gt X2 e Programi ters ydnde tarayabilirsiniz Normal h zda oynatmaya d nmek i in PLAY d mesine bas n e SEARCH 9 d mesini bas l tuttu unuzda oynatma varsay lan Fast 2 h z nda ger ekle ir SEARCH 5 d mesini b rakt n zda oynatma normal h zda ger ekle ir e Bu islevde belirtilen h z ger ek oynatma h z ndan farkl olabilir KI a Fast 1 modu hari Scan Search modu NOT s ras nda hi ses duyulmaz B t n modlarda MPEG4 taramas nda ses duyamazs n z m CD CD DA s z konusuysa Scan modun da ses duyabilirsiniz Alt B l m veya Par alar n Atlanmas e Oynatma s ras nda bir alt b l m veya par a i inde h zl
217. rder you can record scrambled channels CANAL or Premiere broadcasts received through the built in TV tuner in DVD Recorder 1 Connect RF antenna cables as shown 2 Connect the AV1 connector on this recorder to the SCART AV connector on TV using a SCART cable 3 Connect the AV2 connector to a SCART AV connector on decoder box 4 To watch or record PAY TV Canal Plus programmes set your DVD Recorder to receive the channels using the on screen display Refer to page 28 18 English Other type of connecting the Video output cable There are several ways to output video signal not using scart cables Select one of the following video connecting that best suits you below e Case 1 Connecting to a Video Composite output jack e Case 2 Connecting to an S Video output jack e Case 3 Component Video output jacks S Video Component video and Progressive Output Modes e S Video and Component video output are available only if your TV supports S Video input or Component video input respectively If S Video or Component video output does not work check the TV connections and the TV input selection settings e Compared to standard interlaced video progressive scan doubles the amount of video lines fed to your TV resulting in a more stable flicker free clear image than interlaced video This is only available with TVs that support progressive scan e Progressive Scan Output
218. record TV programmes Y Check whether the power cord is securely plugged into the power outlet Did you set the DVD recorder channel settings correctly Check the free space on your DVD RW DVD R discs pressed the REC button but there is no response Vv Recording is possible for DVD RW DVD R discs only If a programme is copy protected it cannot be recorded English 87 uonewoyu JEUONPPV Additional Information Playback Cannot play the disc Vv Check whether the disc is inserted correctly with the label facing up CAE Check the regional code of the DVD disc This DVD recorder cannot play some types of discs See pages 5 50 icon appears on the screen Vv You cannot use this operation or function due to one of the following reasons 1 Your DVD disc restricts it 2 Your DVD disc does not support this feature for example angles 3 The feature is not available at the moment 4 You ve requested a title chapter or scan time that is out of range Checkpoint 1 Play mode settings are different from the settings configured in the Settings menu Vv The disc does not support all selected functions In this case some settings configured in the settings menu may not work properly Checkpoint 1 Cannot change the aspect ratio Vv The aspect ratio is fixed for DVD discs See page 36 Checkpoint 1 88 English The angle operation does not work while pla
219. ress the AV buttons to select Title List then press the OK or button twice RETURN MI EXIT Press the AV buttons to select an entry you want to rename from the Title List then press the OK or button CICALE i Protection SOK A RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Rename then press the OK button The Rename screen is displayed DVD Recorder E Back Space O Space C Delete El Clear lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN m EXIT 70 English 5 Press the AV lt P buttons to select the desired characters then press the OK button DVD Recorder Sports A1 Back Space Space Delete E Clear MOVE OK RETURN MEXT e Back Space Deletes the character before the cursor e Space Enters a blank and moves the cursor one forward to the right e Delete Deletes the character at the cursor position e Clear Deletes all the character inputs e Save Registers the character inputs Press the AV 49 buttons to select Save then press the OK button The changed title name is displayed on the title item of the selected entry o H Sports A1 05 Sports At 00 06 32 p O0K A RETURN M EXIT Locking Protecting a Title Follow these instructions to lock an entry to protect it from accidental deletion DVD RW DVD R Using the TITLE LIST button Press the TITLE LIST button The Title List screen is displayed Using the MENU button e Press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons
220. rivate non commercial use by end user consumers for licensed contents No rights are granted for commercial use The license does not cover any product unit other than this product unit and the license does not extend to any unlicensed product unit or process conforming to ISO IEC 11172 3 or ISO IEC 13818 3 used or sold in combination with this product unit The license only covers the use of this product unit to encode and or decode audio files conforming to the ISO IEC 11172 3 or ISO IEC 13818 3 No rights are granted under this license for product features or functions that do not conform to the ISO IEC 11172 3 or ISO IEC 13818 3 Precaution Important Safety Instructions Read these operating instructions carefully before using the DVD Recorder Follow all the safety instructions listed below Keep these operating instructions handy for future reference 1 Read these instructions 2 Keep these instructions 3 Heed all warnings 4 Follow all instructions 5 Do not use this apparatus near water 6 Clean only with dry cloth 7 Do not block any ventilation openings Install in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions 8 Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators heat registers stoves or other apparatus including amplifiers that produce heat 9 Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding type plug A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other A grounding
221. rks of DivXNetworks Inc and are used under licence DIV gt VIDEO HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface HDMI reduces picture noise by allowing a pure digital video audio signal path from the DVD recorder to your TV Before reading the user s manual Make sure to check the following terms before reading the user s manual Icons that will be used in manual Icon DVD VIDEO DVD RW DVDR CD Definition This involves a function available in DVD or DVD R DVD RW discs that have been recorded and finalised in Video Mode This involves a function available in DVD RW This involves a function available in DVD R This involves a function available in a data CD CD R or CD RW This involves a function available in a data picture CD R RW DVD R RW This involves a function available in a data CD R RW DVD R RW This involves a function available in a data CD R RW DVD R RW This involves a case where a 7 Caution function does not operate or settings may be cancelled This involves tips or instructions on the page that help each function operate One Touch A function that can be operated button by using only one button ANYKEY A function that can be operated button by using ANYKEY button About the use of this user s manual 1 Be sure to be familiar with Safety Instructions before using this DVD Recorder See pages 2 5 2 If a problem occurs
222. s and connectors are used to connect the unit to other equipment To prevent electromagnetic interference with electric appliances such as radios and televisions use shielded cables and connectors for connections 2 English IMPORTANT NOTE The mains lead on this equipment is supplied with a moulded plug incorporating a fuse The value of the fuse is indicated on the pin face of the plug If it requires replacing a fuse approved to BS1362 of the same rating must be used Never use the plug with the fuse cover omitted if the cover is detachable If a replacement fuse cover is required it must be of the same colour as the pin face of the plug Replacement covers are available from your dealer If the fitted plug is not suitable for the power points in your house or the cable is not long enough to reach a power point you should obtain a suitable safety approved extension lead or consult your dealer for assistance However if there is no alternative to cutting off the plug remove the fuse and then safely dispose of the plug Do not connect the plug to a mains jack as there is a risk of shock hazard from the bared flexible cord To disconnect the apparatus from the mains the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable The product unit accompanying this user manual is licensed under certain intellectual property rights of certain third parties This license is limited to p
223. s of DVD editing and explains both edit functions for the recording on a disc and edit functions for the entire disc BasiclEditing ilekis jp AA 70 Advanced Editing Playlist 74 Dise Managere Sem emk pda rks semer 82 e Title List A title is a section of recorded video and audio Title List shows a list to help you select a title Since the title list consists of the information on stream that is actually recorded if one title is deleted that title cannot be played again Playlist This refers to a unit of playback which is made by selecting a desired scene in the entire Title List When one playlist is played only the scene selected by the user will play and then stop Since only the information necessary for playing a desired scene is included in a playlist even if that playlist is deleted the original stream will not be deleted Recording or editing might not be completed if an error such as a sudden power failure occurs Please be aware that a material that has been damaged is unable to be retrieved to its original content English 69 Bupa Editing Basic Editing Title List Renaming Labeling a Title Follow these instructions to rename a title list entry i e to edit the title of a recorded programme DVD RW DVD R 8 Using the TITLE LIST button 1 Press the TITLE LIST button The Title List screen is displayed Using the MENU button e Press the MENU button e P
224. s once more to stop recording KY a f there is not enough disc space or a copy prevention signal is received during NOTE i F recording recording will stop You cannot record copy protected movie m f there is no free disc space or the disc is not recordable recording will not operate You can record after replacing the disc English 49 Buipiooay Playback Playback This section introduces basic functions of playback and playback by disc type parom PR para DIGITAL OUT SOUND DIGITAL Dolby Digital DTS Digital Audio STEREO PAL Stereo PAL broadcast system in U K France Germany etc ee IE DivX MP3 Before Playing arsena 50 BlayingalDise ran e Playing an Audio CD MP3 Playingia Pictures er ere 64 PayingaaMREG4 aa 65 Playingithe Title liist AA 66 50 English Before Playing Read the following information before playing a disc Region code DVD Video only Both the DVD recorder and the discs are do not match the disc will not play The Region Number for this DVD Recorder is coded by region These regional codes must match in order for the disc to play If the codes described on the rear panel of the DVD Recorder I Disc types that can be played Disc Types Disc Logo Recorded content Disc Shape _ Max Playi g Time Single sided 12cm 240 min i DVD Double sided t2om 480 min DVD VIDEO same AUDIO
225. s only in the forward direction on MPEG 4 discs Step Motion Play DVD VIDEO am DVD RW DVD R MPEG4 1 Press the STEP 9 button on the remote control during playback or pause Each time the button is pressed a new frame will appear When STEP G1 is pressed the previous frame will be activated When STEP is pressed the next frame will be activated e To return to normal speed playback press the PLAY button KY m Step motion operates only in the forward direction on MPEG 4 discs NOTE About ANYKEY TITLE LIST PLAY LIST DISC MENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU O O The ANYKEY function allows you to easily search for a desired scene by accessing title chapter or time You can also change the subtitle and audio settings and set some features including Repeat Angle Zoom Moving to a scene directly using the ANYKEY e If you want to move to a title a chapter to find a desired scene Press the ANYKEY button during playback DVD VIDEO Tie 1 2 Time 00 00 01 Subile Off d Audio ENG DO D 51CH wat Press the AV buttons to select Title or Chapter DVD VIDEO y Chapter 1 28 Time 00 00 01 Sabi Off P ngi Audio ENG DO D5 1CH gm S ya Repeat Off angle 13 Zoom ott psi MOVE CHANGE fie Press the lt gt or number 0 9 buttons to select the desired scene Press the OK button English 53 yoeqheld Playback e If you want to m
226. second layer of a dual layered DVD Video disc there may be momentary distortion in the image and sound This is not a malfunction of the DVD Recorder e Once a DVD R RW recorded in Video Mode is finalised it becomes DVD Video Audio CD e An audio disc on which 44 1kHz PCM Audio is recorded e Plays CD DA format audio CD R and CD RW discs The DVD Recorder may not be able to play some CD R or CD RW discs due to the condition of the recording CD R RW MP3 CD R RW e Only CD R discs with MP3 files recorded with ISO9660 or JOLIET format can be played back Only MP3 files with the mp3 MP3 extension can be used For MP3 files recorded with a VBR Variable Bit Rates from 32 Kbps to 320 Kbps the sound may cut in out Playable bitrate range is from 56Kbps to 320Kbps This DVD Recorder can handle a maximum of 500 files and 100 folders JPEG CD R RW e Only JPEG files with the jpg JPG extension can be used e This DVD Recorder can handle a maximum of 500 files and 100 folders e Maximum size of progressive JPEG is 3M pixels e MOTION JPEG is not supported 4 English Using CD R RW e Use a 700MB 80 minutes CD R RW disc If possible do not use a 800MB 90 minutes or above disc as the disc may not play back e f the CD R RW disc was not recorded as a closed session you may experience a delay in the early playback time all recorded files may not play e Some CD R RW discs may not be playable
227. select an entry you want to delete in the Title List then press the OK or button Title Drama Music Sports Movie Sports At Delete Edu 1 Edit Protection Sports A1 MOVE SOK A RETURN I EXIT English 71 bunipa Editing 4 A NOTE Press the AV buttons to select Delete then press the OK or button Z No Title 01 Drama Length Edit 00 00 21 MMMM Play Rename 02 Music SOK RETURN MeEXIT You will be prompted with a confirmation message DVD RW VR mode Since Playlist is present the message Do you want to delete Related playlists may be deleted is displayed Do you want to delete Related playlists may be deleted SOK A RETURN EXIT DVD RW Video mode DVD R Since Playlist is not present the message Do you want to delete is displayed e The message may depend on the type of disc Press the lt gt buttons to select Yes then press the OK button 72 English You cannot delete a protected entry If you want to delete a protected entry select Off in the Title Protection menu See page 71 When the Disc Protection has been set to Protected you cannot delete titles See page 83 Once an entry is deleted from the Title List it cannot be recovered Once DVD R DVD RW is finalised it cannot be deleted With DVD R titles are only deleted from the menu however the Title remains physically on the disc Deleting a
228. ses giri ine ba lan r 3 AV2 EXT G R SCART Ba lant s 9 VIDEO OUT 4 AV1 TV IKI SCART Ba lant s Harici cihaz n giri ine Video kablosu ile ba lan r HDMI HDMI kablosu veya HDMI DVI kablosu ile Harici cihaz n giri ine S Video kablosu ile ba lan r harici cihaz n giri ini ba lar 11 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT 6 DIGITAL AUDIO OUT OPTICAL Ek cihaz video gikisi olan cihazlara baglanir Dijital optik ses giri jak olan bir amplifikat re ba lan r 7 DIGITAL AUDIO OUT COAXIAL KY a Anten ba lant s DVD sinyallerini ge irmez Dijital koaksiyel ses giri jak olan bir amplifikat re Televizyonunuzda DVD seyretmek i in ses ba lan r NOT video kablolar n ba lamal s n z 14 T rk e Uzaktan Kumandan n Tan t lmas ON 10 11 Cr SELECT 4 Tsm ZOOM INPUT SEL 26 v w CI 27 STANDBY ON OPEN CLOSE REPEAT 1 4 A O 28 29 16 17 18 EI O 19 20 21 TITLE LIST DISCMENU ANYKEY CANCEL TITLE MENU 2 0 13 REC RECMODE INFO TIMER 23 24 25 22 STANDBY ON D mesi 0 9 Rakam D meleri TV DVD D mesi Reverse Forward Skip D meleri Diskte ileriye ya da geriye do ru atlamak i in kullan n Reverse Forward Step D meleri Kare kare oynatmak i in bas n Reverse Forward Search D meleri Diskte ileriye ya da geriye do ru arama yapmak i in kullan n STOP D mesi Diski durdurmak i in bas n VOL D
229. sindeki OK d mesine bas n Ge erli Playlist esine yeni bir Scene esi eklenir Yeni bir Make Scene ekran g r n r KN m Edit Playlist ekran ndan b t n sahneleri NOT kontrol edip izleyebilirsiniz m Yeni bir oynatma listesi yapmak istiyorsan z 1 ile 6 aras ndaki ad mlar tekrarlay n Oynatma listesinin sahnelerini olu turmak istiyorsaniz 4 ile 6 arasindaki adimlari tekrarlayin Edit Playlist men s ne d nmek i in 7 Return esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n Edit Playlist ekran g r n r DVD RW VR No Title Length Edit 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 02 APR 23 2006 12 30 00 00 03 gt 03 APRI24 2006 12 00 00 00 15 gt 04 APR 24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 gt OK N RETURN EXIT lem bitti inde MENU veya PLAY LIST d mesine bas n Edit Playlist ekran kaybolur KI a En fazla 99 oynatma listesi giri i NOT olusturabilirsiniz Disk t r ne ba l olarak g sterilen ekran n k k bir fark olabilir Oynatma Listesindeki Girislerin Oynat lmas Oynatma listesi giri lerini oynatmak i in u talimatlar uygulay n DVD RW VR modu 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modundayken PLAY LIST d mesine basin Edit Playlist ekran g r n r No Title Length Edit gt O2APR 23 2006 12 30 00 00 03 03 APR 24 2006 12 00 00 00 15 04 APR 24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 gt 05 APR 25 2006 12 0 2
230. sine bas n Kay t modunun nas l ayarland n g rmek i in sayfa 41 ye bak n Do you want to create the chapter menu after this recording mesaj g r n r Do you want to create the chapter menu after this recording Yes esini se mek i in 4 gt d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n e Se ilen kay t moduna g re yeni bir b l m yarat l r Bir b l m XP ve SP de yakla k 5 dakika LP ve EP modlar nda da yakla k 15 dakika uzunlu undad r Kayd durdurmak i in STOP Durdur d mesine bas n Yarat lan k s mlar g r nt lemek i in diski sonland r n bkz sayfa 85 ve DISC MENU ne bas n B l m men s ekrana gelir sv CHAPTER p Automatic Chapter Creation i levi Zamanlay c ile Kay t s ras nda veya g c D KKAT kapatt n zda al maz a DVD R diskleri sonland r lamaz T rk e 31 uee y Wa sis Sistem Ayarlari H zl Kay t Ayar Bu i lev devredeyken DVD Kaydedici ve televizyon ayn anda a l r ve istedi iniz kanaldan an nda kay t yapabilmeniz sa lan r 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modunda No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder MOVE OK A RETURN M EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install gt MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT System esini se mek i i
231. sk oynat lamaz uy Bu DVD Kaydedicinin b lge kodu DVD Kaydedicinin arka panelinde belirtilmi tir Oynat labilen disk tipleri Disk Tipleri Disk Logosu Kay tl i erik Disk ekli Maks Oynatma S resi Tek tarafl 12cm 240 dk ift tarafl 12cm 480 dk DVD VIDEO 7VZ AUDIO VIDEO VIDEO Tek tarafl 8cm 80 dk ift tarafl 8cm 160 dk pougnet Tek tarafl 12cm 74 dk ee wee ida Tek tarafl Bom 20 dk 1 sa XP Kusursuz Kalite i s 2 sa SP Standart Kalte DVD RW 22 AUDIO VIDEO 24168 ESIP Uan ay sa veya 8 sa EPUzating 1 sa XP Kusursuz Kalite 2 sa SP Standart Kalte DVD R DVP AUDIO VIDEO 12 47GB Tea Ua yang sa veya 8 sa EPUzating Eas Di oo sy DOLBY Eas CD R RW i DIGITAL cits OUT DVD RERW Maia Dolby Dijital DTS Dijital Ses KS a Y kleme i lemi disk tipine ba l olarak bir STEREO PAL NOT dakikaya kadar s rebilir Stereo ngiltere Fransa Almanya vb lkelerdeki PAL yay n sistemi Oynat lamayan diskler e 2 veya ALL d nda bir b lge kodu olan DVD DIV gt Video w ID E G Biso PLAYBACK e Yazma i in 3 9 GB DVD R Disk DivX MP3 e Video Kay t Standartlar na uyarak kaydedilmemi DVD RW VR modu mnaimadanlOnc aa 50 e Ba ka bir cihazda kaydedilmi sonland r lmam HANS a DVD R ve sonlandirilmamis DVD RW V modu Bir Diskin Oynat lmas
232. skin etiketi yukar gelecek ekilde do ru olarak yerle tirilip yerle tirilmedi ini kontrol edin DVD diskinin b lge kodunu konirol edin Bu DVD kaydedici baz disk tiplerini oynatamaz Bkz sayfa 5 50 Ekranda simgesi g r n r Vv Bu islemi veya islevi asagidaki neden lerden biri y z nden kullanamazs n z 1 DVD diskiniz buna k s tlama getirir 2 DVD diskiniz bu zelli i desteklemi yor rne in a lar 3 Bu zellik u anda mevcut de il 4 Aral k d nda bir b l m alt b l m veya tarama s resi talep ettiniz Play modu ayarlar Settings men s nde yap land r lan ayarlardan farkl d r Vv Disk se ilen b t n i levleri desteklemi yor Bu durumda ayarlar men s nde yap land r lm olan baz ayarlar d zg n al mayabilir En boy oran n de i tiremiyor Vv En boy oran DVD disklerinde sabittir Bkz sayfa 36 88 T rk e A i lemi bir DVD diski oynat rken ger ekle mez Vv Agi islemi yalnizca diskte farkli a lardan ekilmi g r nt ler bulundu unda mevcuttur Se ilen ses ve veya altyaz dili oynat lm yor Vv Ses ve altyazi dilleri diske zg d r Yaln zca DVD disklerindeki ses ve altyaz dilleri mevcuttur ve disk men s nde g r n r Video Disk d n yor ama g r nt yok veya d k kalitede g r nt ler g r n yor Video Ayarlar n n d zg n ayarland ndan emin olun Bkz s
233. stes at the end of its working life To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled waste disposal please separate this from other types of wastes and recycle it responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product or their local U government office for details of where and how they can take this item for environmentally safe recycling Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase contract This product should not be mixed with other commercial wastes for disposal Te Go AKE8 01094N 00 Kullanim Kilavuzu DVD R135 nG CSO of i i Ei SS Le i i coco Gi cece g 03 a NO somyaose a C 22 2 alee DIGITAL AUDIO www samsung com iz AK68 01094N 00 Baslarken Uyar ELEKTR K ARPMASI R SK N AZALTMAK N KAPA I VEYA C HAZIN ARKASINI A MAYIN NDE KULLANICI TARAFINDAN ONARILAB LECEK PAR A BULUNMAMAKTADIR SERV S N YETK L SERV S PERSONEL NE BA VURUN DIKKAT ELEKTRIK GARPMASI R SK A MAYI Bu sembol cihaz n i inde elektrik arpmas veya yaralanma riski te kil eden tehlikeli voltaj bulundu unu ifade eder Bu sembol r nle birlikte verilen nemli talimatlar belirtir A A Bu cihazi
234. tal Control amp Install MOVE OK A RETURN T EXIT Language esini se mek i in AV d melerine sonra da OK veya gt d mesine bas n Dil ayar men s g r n r DVD Recorder Audio Original gt Subtitle Automatic Disc Menu English On Screen Menu English DivX Subtitle Western gt gt gt gt gt MOVE OK RETURN MD EXIT NOT stedi iniz dili se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n Audio Hoparl r sesi i in Subtitle Disk altyaz lar i in Disc Menu Diskte bulunan disk men s i in On Screen Menu DVD Kaydedicinizin ekran i in DivX Subtitle B lgeye g re desteklenen bir DivX altyaz dilinin se ilmesi Hollanda leh esi Bask dili Katalanca Danca Felemenk e ngilizce skandinavya dilleri Fince Frans zca Almanca zlandaca Endonezya dili talyanca Malayca Norve e Portekizce spanyolca Swahili ve sve e Western ingilizce Arnavut a H rvat a ek e Macarca Leh e Rumence S rp afLatin Slovak a ve Slovence Central Greek ngilizce ve Yunanca ngilizce Azerice Belarus dili Bulgarca Kazak a Makedonca Rus a S rp a Tatarca Ukrayna dili zbek e Cyrillic stedi iniz dili se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Audio Subtitle Disc Menu On Screen Menu DivX Subtit
235. tarting and ending time of recording by special signal included in the broadcasting signal Ifa TV programme is shortened or starts earlier or later than scheduled this function synchronizes the starting and ending time of recording with the actual broadcasting time automatically Set up the start time EXACTLY according to the published TV schedule Otherwise the timer recording will not take place Do not select PDC or VPS unless you are sure the programme you wish to record is broadcast with PDC or VPS m When you are recording at EP mode on a DVD RW V R disc it may not record the full 6 or 8 hours because the DVD Recorder uses the VBR Variable Bit Rate ENCODING system For example if you record a programme with a lot of action it uses a higher bit rate which in turn consumes more disc memory 4 Press the OK button If the timer settings overlap The programmes are recorded in order of priority If timer recording is set for the first programme and then again for the second programme and both programmes overlap the following message will appear on the screen This setting is identical with 1 The message shows that the first programme has priority After recording of the first programme is complete the second programme starts being recorded To exit without saving the current setting Press the MENU button To return to the previous menu Press the RETURN button if you don t want to set a timer recording 5 Tur
236. terlace scan mode Otherwise press No 2 Yes esini se mek i in 4 d melerine ve OK d mesine bas n 3 Televizyonunuzu Interlace giri e ayarlay n Televizyonunuzun uzaktan kumandas n kullanarak A m Televizyonunuz Progressive modu NOT desteklemedi i halde yanl l kla P SCAN d mesine basarsan z Progressive moddan kman z gerekir Progressive moddan kmak i in n paneldeki P SCAN d mesine 2 kez bas n On panel g stergesindeki PSC LED i s nd kten sonra ekran d zelir T rk e 35 uepeAy wasis Sistem Ayarlari G r nt Video Seceneklerinin Ayarlanmasi Bu i lev TV ekran ayarlar n yapman z sa lar DVD Kaydedici Stop No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List MOVE OK N RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install lt gt MOVE SOK RETURN m EXIT Video esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Video ayar men s g r n r DVD Recorder TV Aspect 2 16 9 Wide gt 3D Noise Reduction Off Video Output Component HDMUDVI Resolution 576p DivX R Registration MOVE SOK RETURN MD EXIT stedi iniz video se ene ini belirlemek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas
237. th this DVD Recorder you can create a new playlist on the same disc and edit it without the change of the original recording doo 10 English GEL Finalising amp Playing on other DVD components To play your DVD on other DVD components finalising may be necessary First finish all editing and recording operations then finalise the disc When using a DVD RW disc in VR Mode Although finalising is generally unnecessary when playing the disc on a VR Mode compatible component a finalised disc should be used for playback When using a DVD RW disc in Video Mode The disc should be finalised first to enable playback on anything other than this DVD Recorder No more editing or recording can be made on the disc once it has been finalised When using a DVD R disc You should finalise the disc to play it on a component other than this DVD Recorder You cannot edit or record on the disc once it has been finalised Unpacking Accessories Check for the supplied accessories below RF Cable for TV HDMI Cable Remote Control 51 N Batteries for Remote Instruction Manual Control AAA Size Quick Guide Preparing the Remote Control Install Batteries in the Remote Control e Open the battery cover on the back of the remote control e Insert two AAA batteries Make sure that the polarities and are aligned correctly e Replace the battery cover If the remote does not operate properly e Check the pol
238. the AV lt P buttons to select the position to which you want to move the selected scene then press the OK button DVD Recorder 6 Playlist No PIN i FE x 01 00 00 26 0200 00 07 03 00 00 04 OK M RETURN Mm EXIT e The selected scene is moved to the selected position Play Modify Move Add Delete A RETURN KY m You cannot move the selected scene to the ROTE position of the next scene because the selected scene should be inserted before that position which requires no action Depending on the kind of disc the displayed screen may have a slight difference Adding a Scene To setup follow steps 1 to 3 in page 77 Press the AV lt P buttons to select the scene that will have a new scene inserted before it then press the OK button A yellow selection window is displayed on the scene to be added as the new scene DVD Recorder VR o4 00 00 03 OGTOOOOAAN Tonoa SOK A RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Add then press the OK button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR SOK RETURN m EXIT Press the OK button at the starting point of the scene DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Scene No 004 7 Start End I Title List 4 6 00 00 15 00 00 00 1 00 00 15 Start End Add Cancel RETURN EXIT MOVE SOK e The image and starting point time are displayed in the Start window e Select the end point of the section where you want to a
239. tle List KS Title List Title List shows a list to help NOTE you select a title Since the title list consists of the information on video that is actually recorded if one title is deleted that title cannot be played again m Playlist This refers to a unit of playback which is made by selecting a desired scene in the entire Title List When one playlist is played only the scene selected by the user will play and then stop Since only the information necessary for playing a desired scene is included in a playlist even if that playlist is deleted the original recording will not be deleted only VR mode 52 English Using the Search Functions v6 STOP PLAY Or O VOL x PROG 029 Searching through a Chapter or Track 29888 DVD VIDEO DVD RW J DVD R CD MPEG4 During playback press the SEARCH button on the remote control DVD VIDEO bp Fast 1 gt BB Fast 2 gt DVD RW DVD R gt gt Fast 3 gt Fast 4 bp Fast 5 gt gt Fast 6 gt bp Fast 1 MPEG4 bp Fast 1 gt BB Fast2 BB Fast 3 AUDIO CD gt gt X2 BB X4 gt gt gt X8 CD DA gt gt X2 e You can scan the programme in reverse To return to normal speed playback press the PLAY button e When you press and hold the SEARCH button playback is done at the default speed of Fast 2 If you release the SEARCH button playback is performed at a normal speed e The speed
240. tma veya duraklatma sirasinda ANYKEY d mesine bas n DVD VIDEO Oft ENG po D5 1CH E 2 Zoom esini se mek i in A V d melerine sonra da OK d mesine bas n 4 g r necektir B y tmek istedi iniz alana gitmek i in AV lt gt d melerine basin 4 OK d mesine bas n Ekran normal boyutunun iki kat b y r Ekran normal boyutunun iki kat b y t ld kten sonra tekrar OK d mesine basarsan z ekran boyutu nor mal boyutunun d rt kat b y r normal boyut gt 2X gt 4X 2X gt normal boyut KS Zoom i levini uzaktan kumanda zeri NOT ndeki ZOOM d mesini kullanarak da se ebilirsiniz T rk e 57 euyeukg Oynatma Yer mlerinin Kullan lmas Bu zellik bir DVD VIDEO veya DVD R RW nin V modu b l mlerini imlemenizi b ylece onlar kolayca bulman z sa lar DVD VIDEO CUP DVD R V modu 1 Oynatma s ras nda MARKER d mesine bas n lt gt MOVE SOK RETURN Arzu edilen sahne g r nd nde OK d mesine bas n 1 rakam g r n r ve sahne belle e al n r gt lt gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 4 RETURN Bir sonraki konuma gitmek i in 4 gt d mesine bas n Arzu edilen sahne g r nd nde OK d mesine bas n 2 rakam g r n r ve sahne belle e al n r rh Bookmark SVa A gt MOVE PLAY CLEAR 4 RETURN e Di er konumlar imlemek i in yukar dakileri tekrarlay n e En faz
241. to select Title List then press the OK or button twice Length Edit 00 00 21 00 00 03 00 00 15 00 00 16 00 06 32 00 08 16 SOK A RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select an entry you want to protect in the Title List then press the OK or button Length Edit Drama Music Sports Movie Sporis Ai Delete Equi Edi Protection A RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Protection then press the OK or gt button Title Length Edit Drama 00 00 21 Music 00 00 03 sos Pay Movie Rename Sports a1 Delete 06 Edit Esi SOK RETURN EXIT Title Protection on on SOK A RETURN I EXIT Press the 4 gt buttons to select On then press the OK button The key icon on the information window for the selected entry changes to the locked status s a No Length Edi o 00 0021 o 00 00 03 B 4 00 00 15 00 00 16 gt 06 Edui 00 08 16 OK RETURN T EXIT Deleting a Title Follow these instructions to delete an entry from the Title List DVD RW DVD R Bi Using the TITLE LIST button Press the TITLE LIST button The Title List screen is displayed Using the MENU button e Press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Title List then press the OK or B button twice NG Length Edit MZ y 00 00 03 gt 00 00 15 gt 00 00 16 00 06 32 00 08 16 SOK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to
242. ton DVD Recorder No Disc 2 Manual Setup z gt MOVE SOK M RETURN EXIT 28 English 4 5 Press the AV buttons to select Manual Setup then press the OK or button Manual Setup MOVE OK RETURN MEXT Press the AV buttons to select a PR programme you wish to edit delete or swap then press the OK or B button Select Edit Delete or Swap using the AV buttons then press the OK or gt button Manual Setup Name Decoder Edit MOVE SOK RETURN MEXT Edit You can add or edit PR programme After change PR informations CH Name Decoder MFT select Done then press the OK button Manual Setup PR o cd 31 Name Decoder Off CH Tune the channel using lt gt buttons Name Display station name automatically detected in broadcasting signal If not detected you can edit name by using AV gt buttons Decoder If you set on you can record scrambled channels using external decoder box Before setting on refer to connecting external decoder box in the page 18 MFT You can tune up the channel frequency better using lt gt buttons e Delete the channel information of selected PR programme will be removed e Swap You can swap the channel information of two PR programme For example if you wish to swap PR2 and PR5 select swap at PR2 then press the OK button at PR5 Setting up the Language Options If you set the audio subtitle disc menu
243. tructions to play the playlist entries DVD RW VR mode With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the PLAY LIST button The Edit Playlist screen is displayed No Title Length Edit 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 gt 103 02 APR 23 2006 12 30 Ki 03 APR 24 2006 12 00 00 00 15 m OH APRI24 2006 12 30 00 00 16 gt 05 APRI25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 p OK RETURN Exit Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Playlist then press the OK or b button e Press the AV buttons to select Edit Playlist then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder New Playlist gt Ebppiayist EditPlaylist 5 OK RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select the title you want to edit from the Playlist then press the OK or gt button The Edit Playlist menu is displayed Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete i No Title Length Edit 01 APR2872006 1200 00 00 21 02 APR 232006 03 APR 24 2006 Rename OWAPRI 2006 Edit Scene OS APR252006 Copy Delete SOK A RETURN M EXIT e To view the current status of the disc and progress of playback Press the INFO button and the information about the disc will appear DVD RW VR Disc Info Disc Name Total Title 19 Total Playlist 5 Recordable Time 01 09 SP Protection Not Protected Screen Playback Playlist 1 JAN 01 2006 SUN 3 00 e Press the INFO button once again The
244. try Selection Bu zellik DVD Kaydedici kanal se iciyi Antenna In jakina ilk ayarda bagladiginiz Anten veya Kabloya ayarlamanizi saglar OK A RETURN m EXIT DVD Kaydedici Stop No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine basin lkenizi se mek i in av 4 gt d melerini Erer kullan n ve OK d mesine bas n Rica ng e DVD Kaydedici se ti iniz lkeye kar l k gelen nceden ayarl bir tercih listesine g re kanallar arar lkenizi se erken a a daki tabloya bak n MOVE SOK RETURN MEXT A Avusturya NL Hollanda S sve PL Polonya B Bel ika talya CH svi re CZ ek Cumhuriyeti DK Danimarka N Norve TR T rkiye Di er FIN Finlandiya P Portekiz GR Yunanistan D Almanya E spanya HU Macaristan Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Devam etmek i in OK d mesine bas n kmak i in MENU d mesine bas n Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control DVD Recorder Auto Setup Install lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN T EXIT Your data will be lost Press OK to continue MENU to exit lt gt MOVE OK 9 RETURN M EXIT Install esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Kanal taramas ba lar L Auto Setup i lemini durdurmak i in OK d mesine bas n Manual Setup gt Auto channel memor
245. ures ssssssssssssseesessesesesneseeeeneeneenes 8 Before reading the user smanual 9 How to use the DVD Recorder ummm nananana annannaaa 9 Unpacking sssscssessesesesseeseesesesseneateneseeeneeneseeeneanensens 11 AGCOSSONGS aaa amlar ai aika 11 Preparing theRemoteConirol 11 Setting tiheRemoteConirol 11 Description ssssrsessensnneosnnunnennunnnennsnnnnnennnunnernnnnnnnena 13 le nde ii TEE 13 Front Panel Display arsam akalin 13 Rear Panelni siia 14 TouroftiheRemoteConirol 15 Connecting amp Setting Up QUICK Overview uuummmm nanana nannnuawawanasanunuawawawasanunuaasanana 16 Connecting the DVD Recorder 17 Additional CONNECTIONG sssseseererseetereees 17 Antenna DVD Recorder external decoder box TM essssssssssssssssensnnseesnees 18 Other type of connecting the Video output cable cssssesesseeesnneseeeeees 18 Case 1 Connecting to a Video Composite QUIPUE JACK iss ccaicsecisessisccsezssesasesesacscezeseiszsnestesies 19 6 English Case 2 Connecting to an S Video output jack 19 Case 3 Component Video output jacks 20 Other type of connecting the Audio output cable 20 Case1 ConnectingtoyourTV 20 Case 2 Connecting to a stereo amplifier with AV OU DULJACkS
246. utton DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Protection Not Protected Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists MOVE SOK N RETURN T EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Protection then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name 5 Disc Protection Disc Manager Disc Format Protected Disc Finalise gt Delete All Title Lists gt Cy MOVE OK N RETURN EXIT Press the AV button to select Protected then Press the OK button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Name Disc Protec Protected g s Manager Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists lt gt MOVE SOK A RETURN T EXIT Formatting a Disc Use these instructions to format a disc The disc protect should also be cleared DVD RW With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Title List MOVE SOK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Manager then press the OK or B button DVD Recorder DVD RW VR Disc Protection Not Protected p Disc Format DVD VR gt Disc Finalise Delete All Title Lists OK RETURN EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Disc Format then press the OK or gt button DVD RW VR H Disc Name amp Disc Protection Not Protected isc eager Disc Format DVD VR Disc Finalise e mi Delete All Title Lists MOVE SOK RETURN m E
247. utton on the remote control to confirm any new settings Plug amp AutoSetup AA 25 SettingtneiClock e etree 26 4 RETURN Button Presetting Channels with Press this button on the remote control to return to the tihedAutoSetupfuncton 21 Previous MENU screen displayed or to exit the 5 7 on screen MENU Presetting Channels with the Manual Setupfunction 28 Setting up the Language Options 29 EPModeTimesSetting 30 Automatic Chapter Creation 31 Quick Recording Setting 32 Setting up the Audio Options 32 Setting up Video Output Options 34 Setting up the Progressive scan 35 Canceling the Progressive scan 35 Setting up the Display Video Options 36 DROIR RETS AA 37 Setting up the Parental Control 37 24 English Plug amp Auto Setup Your DVD Recorder will automatically set itself up when it is plugged in for the first time TV stations and clock will be stored in memory The process takes a few minutes Your DVD Recorder will then be ready for use 1 Connect the RF cable as indicated on page 17 Connecting Your DVD Recorder to the TV Using the RF Cable and scart cable 2 Plug the DVD Recorder into the mains Auto in the front panel display flickers 4 L MR e Fa
248. uttons to select Playlist then press the OK or b button e Press the AV buttons to select Edit Playlist f EET 01 APR 23 2006 12 00 00 00 21 P then press the OK or B button 04 APR 24 2006 12 30 05 APRI25 2006 12 00 00 00 32 gt 2 Press the AV buttons to select the title you want to edit from the Playlist then press the WOK ORETUAN EXIT OK or P button The Edit Playlist menu is displayed Play Rename Edit Scene Copy Delete No Title Length Edit 01 APR 2312006 12 00 00 00 21 p 03 APRI24 2006 Rename CHAPRI2A 2008 Edit Scene OS APRI25I2006 Copy Delete SOK RETURN m EXIT Press the AV buttons to select Rename then press the OK button The Rename screen is displayed No Tite Length Edit 01 APR 232006 12 00 00 00 21 P 02 4PR 232006 Play 03 APR 24 2006 4 APR24 2006 Edit Scene 05 APRI25 2006 Copy Delete MOVE SOK A RETURN T EXIT 76 English Editing a Scene for the Playlist Follow these instructions to edit scenes for a playlist DVD RW VR mode 1 With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the PLAY LIST button The Edit Playlist screen is displayed No Title DT Science 000017 O sky 00 00 06 gt 03 Dolphin 00 00 06 04 Natural 00 00 37 Jel A RETURN MD EXIT Using the MENU button e With the DVD Recorder in Stop mode press the MENU button e Press the AV buttons to select Playlist then press the OK or b button e Press the
249. uymayan r n zellikleri ya da i levleri i in hi bir hak tan nmamaktad r Onlem nemli G venlik Talimatlar DVD Kaydediciyi kullanmaya ba lamadan nce bu al t rma talimatlar n dikkatle okuyun A a da listelenen g venlik talimatlar n n t m ne uyun leride de referans ola bilmesi i in bu al t rma talimatlar n el alt nda bulundurun 1 Bu talimatlar okuyun 2 Bu talimatlar saklay n 3 B t n uyar lara dikkat edin 4 B t n talimatlara uyun 5 Bu cihaz suyun yak n nda kullanmay n 6 Yaln zca kuru bezle temizleyin 7 Havaland rma a kl klar n kapatmay n reticinin talimatlar do rultusunda kurun 8 Radyat rler s reg lat rleri sobalar veya s reten di er cihazlar amplifikat rler dahil gibi s kaynaklar n n yak n nda kurmay n 9 Kutuplanm veya topraklanm bir fi in g venlik ama l tasar m n iptal etmeyin Kutuplanm bir fi te birisi di erinden daha geni olan iki u vard r Topraklanm bir fi in iki ucu ve nc bir topraklama deli i vard r Geni u veya nc topraklama deli i g venli iniz i in yap lm t r Verilen fi prizinize uymazsa eskimi prizinizin de i tirilmesi i in bir elektrik i a r n 10 G kablolar n n zellikle fi lerde cihazlar n zerinde bulunan prizlerde ve bunlar n k noktalar nda zeri ne bas lmamas n veya s k t r
250. w samsung com mx U S A ARGENTINE 1 800 SAMSUNG 7267864 0800 333 3733 www samsung com www samsung com ar BRAZIL 0800 124 421 www samsung com br CHILE 800 726 7864 SAMSUNG www samsung com cl COSTA RICA 0 800 507 7267 www samsung com latin ECUADOR 1 800 10 7267 www samsung com latin EL SALVADOR 800 6225 www samsung com latin GUATEMALA 1 800 299 0013 www samsung com latin JAMAICA 1 800 234 7267 www samsung com latin PANAMA 800 7267 www samsung com latin PUERTO RICO 1 800 682 3180 www samsung com latin REP DOMINICA 1 800 751 2676 www samsung com latin TRINIDAD amp TOBAGO 1 800 7267 864 www samsung com latin VENEZUELA BELGIUM 1 800 100 5303 02 201 2418 www samsung com latin www samsung com be CZECH REPUBLIC 844 000 844 www samsung com cz DENMARK 38 322 887 www samsung com dk FINLAND 09 693 79 554 www samsung com fi FRANCE 08 25 08 65 65 0 15 Min www samsung com fr GERMANY 01805 121213 0 12 Min www samsung de HUNGARY 06 40 985 985 www samsung com hu ITALIA 199 153 153 www samsung com it LUXEMBURG 02 261 03 710 www samsung lu NETHERLANDS 0900 20 200 88 0 10 Min www samsung com nl NORWAY 231 627 22 www samsung com no POLAND 0 801 801 881 www samsung com pl PORTUGAL
251. with this DVD Recorder depending on the device which was used to burn them For contents recorded on CD R RW media from CDs for your personal use playability may vary depending on contents and discs Using MPEG4 disc Disc CD R RW DVD R RW MPEG 4 File with following extensions can be played avi divx AVI DIVX e MPEG4 Codec format DivX 3 11 DivX 4 x DivX 5 x DivX Pro Xvid Motion Compensation QPEL GMC four CC MPG4 mpg4 DIV3 divX3 DIVX divx DX50 MP43 mp43 XVID xvid e Available Audio Format MP3 MPEG1 Audio Layer2 LPCM AC3 DTS MS ADPCM Supported subtitle file formats smi srt sub psb txt ass DVD R Disc Playback and Recording e Once a DVD R recorded in Video Mode is finalised it becomes DVD Video e You can record onto the available space on the disc and perform editing functions such as giving titles to discs and programmes and erasing programmes before finalising e When programming is erased from a DVD R that space does not become available Once an area on a DVD R is recorded on that area is no longer available for recording whether the recording is erased or not e It takes about 30 seconds for the DVD Recorder to complete recording management information after recording finishes e This DVD Recorder optimizes the DVD R for each recording Optimizing is carried out when you start recording after inserting the disc or turning on the DV
252. y OK A RETURN m EXIT CE 17 507 Turkce 27 uee y Wa sis Sistem Ayarlar P M Setup esini kicin AV Elle Ayar fonksiyonuyla G melerine ard ndan OK veya gt of d mesine basin Kanallarin onceden ayarlanmas Otomatik Kanal Arama n n atlad nceden ayarlanm kanal ekleyebilirsiniz karmak istedi iniz kanal da silebilirsiniz Kanallar n s ras n programlayabilirsiniz 1 DVD Kaydedici Stop modunda No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List lt gt MOVE OK A RETURN I EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt dugmesine basin DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install gt MOVE OK A RETURN MeXIT Install esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Manual Setup gt gt MOVE OK N RETURN EXIT 28 T rk e D zenlemek silmek veya de i tirmek istedi iniz bir PR program se mek i in av d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt dugmesine basin Edit Delete veya Swap elerini se mek i in a v d melerini kullan n ve OK ya da 5 d mesine bas n Manual Setup Name Decoder Edit ET TAH 5 MOVE SOK RETURN MEXT e Edit PR program ekleyebilir veya d zenleyebilirsiniz PR bilgilerini de i tirdikten sonra GH Name Decoder MFT Done
253. y AV3 IN DV giri jak na ba lama DVD Kaydedicinin Baglanmasi Televizyonunuzda uygun giris varsa DVD Kaydedicinizi televizyonunuza SCART kablosuyla baglayabilirsiniz 1 RF kablosunu gosterildigi sekilde baglayin 2 SCART kablosunun bir ucunu DVD Kaydedicinin arkasinda yer alan AV1 soketine baglayin Diger ucu televizyondaki uygun baglantiya takin DVD Kaydediciyi ve televizyonu fise takin DVD Kaydediciyi ve televizyonu agin ao a Aa O DVD Kaydedicinin Video sinyali TV ekraninda belirinceye kadar televizyonunuzun uzaktan kumandasindaki INPUT SEL diigmesine basin Out o o J Kon on RF OUT a RF Kablosu N Bu DVD Kaydedicinin RF kablo baglantisi NOT sadece TV sinyallerini gonderir DVD Kaydedicinizden gelen bir sinyali seyretmek icin SCART kablosunu veya Ses Video kablolarini baglamalisiniz TV modu Uzaktan kumandadaki TV DVD d mesine basin n LED g stergesinde TV g r n r ya da DVD Kaydediciyi kapat n lave ba lant lar DVD Kaydedicinizi bir uydu al c s na veya dijital kanal se iciye ba layabilirsiniz harici cihaz VCR Uydu al c s DVD modu 1 DVD Kaydedicinin AV2 baglantisini SCART kablosunu kullanarak VCR Uydu alicisina veya dijital kanal seciciye baglayin AV1 baglantisini televizyondaki SCART AV girisine takin DVD Kaydediciyi VCR Uydu alicisini veya dijital kanal se ic
254. y c kayd i in ge erlidir e e rence ts 47 Programlanan Kay t Listesinin D zenlenmesi 48 Programlanan Kay t Listesinin Silinmesi 48 Standart Zamanlay c Listesinin Kayd 49 40 T rk e Kayda Ba lamadan nce Bu DVD Kaydedici e itli disk tiplerine kay t yapabilmektedir Kay ttan nce a a daki talimatlar okuyun ve tercihinize uygun disk tipini se in Kay t yap labilen diskler Bu DVD Kaydedici a a daki disk tiplerine kay t yapabilmektedir DVD RW DVD R gt D RW R e DVD RW lere tekrar kay t yap labilir e DVD R lere tekrar kay t yap lamaz Samsung ve Di er Kay t Cihaz Markalar n n Uyumlulu u Disk Tipleri Kay t bi imi Kay t Cihaz Sonland rma Samsung Kaydedicide lave Kay t Samsung sonland r lm Kay t yap lamaz VR Modu sonlandinimamis Kay t yap labilir Di er Marka Solis _ Ky yg anez DVD RW sonlandinimamis o Kay t yap labilir Samsung sonland r lm Kay t yap lamaz V Modu sonlandinlmams Kay t yap labilir Di er Marka apa Kayt yapilamaz sonlandinimamis o Kay t yap lamaz Samsung sonland r lm Kay t yap lamaz DVD R V Modu sonlandinimamis Kay t yap labilir Di er Marka sonland r lm Kay t yap lamaz sonland rlmam Kay t yap lamaz
255. ying a DVD disc The angle operation is available only when the disc contains images captured from different angles Checkpoint 1 The selected audio and or subtitle language is not played Audio and subtitle languages are disc specific Only the sound and subtitle languages contained on the DVD disc are available and displayed in the disc menu Checkpoint 1 Video The disc revolves but no image or bad guality images are displayed Checkpoint 2 Checkpoint 4 Sound No sound Checkpoint 3 Checkpoint 4 Vv Be sure that the Video Setting is properly set See pages 34 37 Check whether there is damage to or any foreign material on your disc Some low quality discs may not play properly If scenes change from dark to bright suddenly the screen may shake vertically temporarily but this is not a fault N4 Are you watching a programme in slow or skip mode If you are playing a programme at a speed other than normal or fast 1 speed sound will not be heard Check the connections and settings See pages 20 21 32 33 Check whether the disc is damaged Clean the disc if necessary Check whether the disc is inserted correctly with the label facing up No audio output V Check whether you have selected the correct digital output options in the Audio Output Options menu See page 33 Timer Recording Timer lamp flickers Checkpoint 1 Checkpoint 2 Vv Check t
256. zyona veya projekt re ba l d r Ayr nt l bilgi i in televizyonunuzun veya projekt r n z n kullan m k lavuzuna bak n z n rl k de i tirildi inde normal g r nt n n ekrana gelmesi birka saniye alabilir HDMI k z n rl n 720p veya 1080i olarak ayarlarsan z HDMI k daha iyi g r nt kalitesi sa lar m DivX oynatma ekran k yaln zca 576p z n rl kte ger ekle tirilebilir DivX R Kay t Bu DVD Kaydediciyi Di vX R Video On Demand format nda kaydettirmek i in l tfen Kay t kodunu kullan n Daha fazla bilgi i in www divx com vod adresini ziyaret edin Ebeveyn Kontrol n n Ayarlanmas Ebeveyn Kontrol i levi ailenizin seyredece i DVD lerin t r n belirleyebilmeniz i in s n fland r lm DVD lerle birlikte al r Bir diskte 8 e kadar s n fland rma seviyesi bulunur DVD VIDEO DVD Kaydedici Stop No Disc modundayken MENU d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Scheduled Record List Cr MOVE OK A RETURN m EXIT Setup esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya B d mesine bas n DVD Recorder Clock Set Language Audio Video Parental Control Install MOVE SOK A RETURN EXIT T rk e 37 ue e y Wa sis Sistem Ayarlar Parental Control esini se mek i in A V d melerine ard ndan OK veya gt d mesine bas n Create the password mesaj g r

Samsung DVD-R135/AND User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents